Upload
jeyshida
View
900
Download
20
Embed Size (px)
1 The equation below shows a reaction to produce hydrogen gas. Persamaan di bawah menunjukkan tindak balas bagi menghasilkan gas hydrogen.
2HCl + Zn → ZnCl2 + H2
Which of the following would increase the rate of production of hydrogen gas? Manakah antara pernyataan berikut meningkatkan kadar penghasilan hydrogen gas.
A Increase the time of the reaction Meningkatkan masa tindak balas B Increase the volume of acid Meningkatkan isipadu asid C Increase the size of granulated zinc Meningkatkan saiz ketulan zink D Increase the temperature of the mixture Meningkatkan suhu campuran
(27/2003) 2 Which of the following can be used to determine the rate of the reaction?
Manakah antara pernyataan berikut dapat digunakan untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas?
I Release of gas per unit time Menghasilkan gas per unit masa II Change of the colour intensity per unit time Perubahan keamatan warna per unit masa III Formation of precipitate per unit time Penghasilan mendakan per unit masa IV Increase in the mass of reactant per unit time Meningkatkan jisim bahan tindak balas per unit masa A I and II only I dan II sahaja B III and IV only III dan IV sahaja C I, II and III only I,II dan III sahaja D II,III and IV only II,III dan IV sahaja
(18/2003)
1 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 Table 4 shows the total volume of gas collected at regular intervals in a reaction. Jadual 4 menunjukkan jumlah isipadu gas yang dikumpul pada sela masa dalam suatu
tindak balas.
Time/s Masa/s 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210
Volume of the gas/cm3
isipadu gas/ cm3 0.0 2.0 3.7 5.2 6.4 7.3 8.6 8.6
What is the average rate of the reaction in the second minute? Apakah kadar tindak balas purata pada minit kedua? A 0.040 cm3 s-1
B 0.045 cm3 s-1 C 0.053 cm3 s-1 D 0.062 cm3 s-1
(44/2003) 4 The equation below represents the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide solution. Persamaan berikut mewakili penguraian larutan hidrogen peroksida
2H2O2(aq) → 2H2O(l) + O2(g)
Which of the following are produced when 1 mole of hydrogen peroxide is decomposed completely? Manakah antara berikut yang akan terhasil apabila 1 mol hydrogen peroksida diuraikan dengan lengkap? (1 mole of gas occupies 24 dm3 at room condition; Avogadro’s Constant: 6.0 x 1023 mol-1
1 mol gas memenuhi 24 dm3 pada suhu bilik: Avogadro’s constant: 6.0 x 1023 mol-1) I 2 mole of water 2 mol air II 12 dm3 of oxygen gas 12 dm3 oksigen gas III 3 x 1023 of water molecules 3 x 1023 molekul air IV 1.2 x 1024 of water molecules 1.2 x 1024 molekul air
2 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
A I and III only I dan III sahaja B I and IV only I dan IV sahaja C II and III only II dan III sahaja D II and IV only II dab IV sahaja
(48/2003) 5 The rate of reaction for the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide decreases with the time
because Kadar tindak balas untuk penguraian hydrogen peroksida berkurangan dengan masa
kerana A Product of the reaction decreases Hasil tindak balas berkurangan B Temperature of hydrogen peroxide decreases Duhu hydrogen peroksida berkurangan C Volume of the hydrogen peroxide decreases Isipadu hydrogen peroksida berkurangan D Concentration of hydrogen peroxide decreases Kepekatan hydrogen peroksida berkurangan
(14/2004)
3 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6 An experiment is carried out to study the rate of reaction between marble and hydrochloric acid to produce carbon dioxide gas.
Satu eksperimen dijalankan untuk mengkaji tentang kadar tindak balas antara marmar dengan asid hidroklorik bagi menghasilkan gas karbon dioksida
Experiment Ekperimen
Substances Bahan
I Excess marble and 50.00 cm3 of 2 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid Marmar berlebihan dan 50.00 cm3 asid hidroklorik 2 mol dm-3
II Excess marble and 100.00 cm3 of 1 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid Marmar berlebihan dan 100.00 cm3 asid hidroklorik 1 mol dm-3
Which of the following graphs represents the two experiments? Manakah antara graf berikut yang mewakili dua eksperimen ini? A B C D
4 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
7 The reaction between hydrochloric acid and zinc produces hydrogen gas. The reaction is complete in 50 seconds and the maximum volume of gas produced is 25 cm3. What is the average rate of the reaction?
Tindak balas antara asid hidroklorik dan zink menghasilkan hydrogen gas. Tindak balas ini lengkap dalam masa 50 saat dan isipadu gas yang terhasil ialah sebanyak 25 cm3. Apakah kadar tindak balas purata dalam tindak balas ini?
A 0.5 cm3 s-1
B 1.0 cm3 s-1 C 2.0 cm3 s-1 D 4.0 cm3 s-1
(45/2004) 8 The table shows the mass of sulphur trioxide formed at different temperatures during the
Contact process. Jadual menunjukkan jisim sulfur trioksida yang terhasil semasa proses Sentuh pada suhu
yang berlainan.
Temperature/oC Suhu/ oC
300 400 500 600
Mass of suphur trioxide/kg Jisim sulfur trioksida/kg
350 200 120 100
Time taken Masa
5 hours 2 hours 6 minutes 9 minutes
At what temperature is the production rate of sulphur trioxide the highest? Pada suhu keberapakah kadar penghasilan tertinggi bagi sulfur trioksida? A 300 oC B 400 oC C 500 oC D 600 oC
(46/2004)
5 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
9 The diagram shows the energy profile of a reaction. Ea is the activation energy for this reaction
Gambar rajah menunjukkan profil tenaga bagi suatu tindak balas. Ea adalah tenaga pengaktifan bagi tindak balas ini.
What will change the activation energy from Ea to Ea’? Apakah yang akan mengubah tenaga pengaktifan daripada Ea ke Ea’?
A Temperature Suhu B Catalyst Mangkin C Concentration Kepekatan D Total surface area Jumlah luas permukaan
(12/2005) 10 Which of the following explains the meaning of effective collision? Antara pernyataan berikut yang manakah menjelaskan maksud perlanggaran yang
berkesan? A The collision where its energy is less than the activation energy Perlanggaran yang tenaganya kurang dari tenaga pengaktifan B The collision that has a low energy Perlanggaran yang berlaku mempunyai tenaga yang rendah
C The collision which takes place before a reaction Perlanggran yang berlaku sebelum sesuatu tindak balas
D The collision that causes a reaction Perlanggran yang menghasilkan tindak balas.
(13/2005)
6 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
11. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus for an experiment to determine the rate of the reaction between thiosulphate and sulphuric acid.
Gambar rajah menunjukkan susunan radas bagi eksperimen untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas antara natrium tiosulfat dengan asid sulfuric.
Which of the following combination of conditions take a shortest time for the mark X to disappear from sight? Antara kombinasi keadaan berikut yang manakah mengambil masa paling singkat untuk tanda X hilang daripada penglihatan?
A B C D
(45/2005)
Sulphuric acid
Sodium thiosulphate solution
Temperature/oC Volume /cm3
Concentration/mol dm-3
Volume/cm3
Concentration/mol dm-3
10 10 10 20
1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5
50 50 50 40
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
30 40 30 40
12. Which of the following is not a characteristic of a catalyst? Antara yang berikut, yang manakah bukan ciri-ciri mangkin? A A catalyst is specific in its reaction Mangkin adalah kursus dalam tindak balasnya. B A catalyst influences the quality of product reaction Mangkin mempengaruhi kuantiti hasil tindak balas.
C The chemical property of a catalyst remains unchanged at the end of the reaction Sifat kimia mangkin tetap tidak berubah di akhir tindak balas. D Only a little amount of a catalyst is needed to influence of the rate of the reaction Hanya sedikit mangkin diperluaskan untuk mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas.
(13/2006)
7 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13. In an experiment, the decomposition of 25 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm-3 hydrogen peroxide solution produces oxygen gas.
Dalam satu eksperimen, penguraian 25 cm3 larutan hydrogen peroksida 0.1 mol dm-3 menghasilkan gas oksigen. Graf isipadu gas osigen melawan masa dilukis dan lengkung P diperoleh.
If experiment is repeated using another solution, which solution will produce curve Q? Sekiranya eksperimen diulang dengan menggunakan larutan lain, larutan manakah yang
akan menghasilkan lengkung Q? A 25 cm3 of 0.15 mol dm-3 hydrogen peroxide 25 cm3 hidrogen peroksida 0.15 mol dm-3 B 20 cm3 of 0.15 mol dm-3 hydrogen peroxide 20 cm3 hidrogen peroksida 0.15 mol dm-3 C 15 cm3 of 0.15 mol dm-3 hydrogen peroxide 15 cm3 hidrogen peroksida 0.15 mol dm-3 D 10 cm3 of 0.25 mol dm-3 hydrogen peroxide 10 cm3 hidrogen peroksida 0.15 mol dm-3
(46/2005)
14. The following statements are related to the collision theory of a reaction. Antara pernyataan berikut adalah berkaitan dengan teori perlanggaran tindak balas. I. The total surface area of the reactant particles increases
Jumlah luas permukaan zarah tindak balas meningkat II. The kinetic energy of the reactant particles increases
Tenaga kinetik zarah bahan tindak balas meningkat III. The frequency of the collision between the reactant particles increase
Fekuensi perlanggaran antara zarah bahan tindak balas meningkat IV. The number reactant of particles per one unit of volume increases
Jumlah zarah bahan tindak balas per unit isipadu meningkat
8 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15. Which of the following combinations is true about the effect of the rise in temperature on the reactant particles? Antara kombinasi berikut, yang manakah benar tentang kesan peningkatan suhu ke atas zarah bahan tindak balas?
A I and II only I dan II sahaja B II and III only II dan III sahaja C III and IV only III dan IV sahaja D I and IV only I dan IV sahaja
(30/2006)
16. If you want to cook 100 potatoes within a short time, which is the most suitable method? Jika anda ingin memasak 100 biji tomato dengan masa yang singkat, manakah kaedah yang paling sesuai digunakan? A Boil the potatoes in a pan Merebus kentang di dalam kuali B Boil the potatoes in a pressure cooker Merebus kentang di dalam periuk tekanan C Steam the potatoes in a steamer Mengukus kentang di dalam pengukus D Fry the potatoes in a wok Menggoreng kentang dalam kuali
(43/2006)
17. Which of the following reactants produces the highest rate of the reaction with zinc powder? Manakah antara bahan tindak balas berikut yang menghasilkan kadar tindak balas tertinggi apabila bertindak balas dengan serbuk zink? A 25 cm3 of sulphuric acid 0.1 mol dm-3
25 cm3 asid sulfurik 0.1 mol dm-3 B 25 cm3 of ethanoic acid 0.1 mol dm-3
25 cm3 asid ethanoik 0.1 mol dm-3
C 25 cm3 of nitric acid 0.1 mol dm-3
25 cm3 asid nitrik 0.1 mol dm-3
D 25 cm3 of hydrochloric acid 0.1 mol dm-3
25 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.1 mol dm-3
(44/2006)
9 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
18. The reaction between zinc, Zn and hydrochloric acid, HCl is represented by the following
equation.
Zn(s) + HCl(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + H2O(g)
A student wants to determine the rate of the reaction in a school laboratory. Which of the following methods is the most suitable? Tindak balas antara zink, Zn dengan acid hydroklorik, HCl diwakili oleh persamaan berikut.
Zn(s) + HCl(aq) → ZnCl2(aq) + H2O(g)
Seorang murid ingin menentukan kadar tindak balas itu di makmal sekolah. Antara kaedah berikut yang manakah sesuai? A. Determine the change in temperature of the solution with time
Menentukan perubahan suhu larutan dengan masa B. Determine the change of the concentration of zinc chloride with time
Menentukan kepekatan zink klorida dengan masa C. Determine the volume of hydrogen gas given off with time
Menentukan isipadu gas hydrogen yang terbebas dengan masa D. Determine the change of concentration hydrochloric acid with time
Menentukan perubahan kepekatan acid hidroklorik dengan masa (12/2007)
19. Diagram 11 shows the apparatus set-up for an experiment to determine the rate of
reaction. Rajah 11 menunjukan susunan radas bagi ekperimen bagi menentukan kadar tindak balas.
10 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
20. Which of the following techniques is the most suitable to determine the rate of reaction? Antara teknik berikut, yang manakah paling sesuai untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas? A. Record the time as soon as precipitate is formed.
Mencatat masa apabila mendakan mula terbentuk. B. Record the time to obtain the maximum temperature
Mencatat masa untuk mendapatkan suhu maksimum C. Record the time as soon as cross mark cannot be seen
Mencatat masa sebaik sahaja tanda pangkah tidak kelihatan. D. Record the time for the change pH value until the fixed pH value is obtained
Mencatat masa bagi perubahan nilai pH sehingga nilai pH yang tetap diperolehi. (33/2007)
21. Which is the following is the correct match of a low rate of reaction and a high of reaction? Antara padanan berikut, yang manakah betul tentang tindak balas yang mempunyai kadar tindak balas rendah dan kadar tindak balas tinggi? Low rate of reaction
Kadar tindak balas rendah High rate of reaction Kadar tindak balas tinggi
A Neutralisation between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution Peneutralan antara acid hidroklorik dan larutan natrium hidroksida
Iron rusting Pengaratan besi
B Double decomposition between lead(II) nitrate solution and potassium iodide solution Penguraian ganda dua antara larutan plumbum(II) nitrat dan larutan kalium iodide
Neutralisation between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide solution Peneutralan antara acid hidroklorik dan larutan natrium hidroksida
C Iron rusting Pengaratan besi
Formation of glucose solution Penapaian larutan glukosa
D Formation of glucose solution Penapaian larutan glukosa
Double decomposition between lead(II) nitrate solution and potassium iodide solution Penguraian ganda dua antara larutan plumbum(II) nitrat dan larutan kalium iodide
(42/2007)
11 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
22. Table 2 shows the volume of carbon dioxide gas, CO2, collectrd in the reaction between limestone powder and dilute hydrochloric acid. Jadual 2 menunjukan isipadu gas carbon dioxide, CO2 yang dikumpul dalam tindak balas antara serbuk batu kapur dan acid hidroklorik cair. Time/minute Masa/minit
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Volumeof CO2/cm3 Isipadu CO2/cm3
0.0 4.5 7.5 10.0 12.5 14.5 16.0 17.0
Table 2 Jadual 2
What is the average rate of reaction during the second minute? Berapakah kadar tindak balas purata dalam minut kedua? A. 1.25 cm3 minute-1
1.25 cm3 minit-1 B. 2.50 cm3 minute-1
2.50 cm3 minit-1 C. 5.00 cm3 minute-1
5.00 cm3 minit-1 D. 12.50 cm3 minute-1
12.50 cm3 minit-1
(43/2007)
23. Which factors does not affect the rate of reaction? Factor manakah tidak mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas? A. Size of the solid reactant.
Saiz bahan tidak balas yang berkeadaan pepejal B. Volume of the reactant.
Isipadu bahan tindak balas C. Concentration of the reactant
Kepekatan bahan tindak balas D. Temperature of the reactant
Suhu bahan tindak balas (8/2008)
12 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
24. Which of the following is a characteristic of a catalyst? Antara yang berikut adalah ciri suatu catalyst? A. It changes the amount of product in the reaction
Mengubah kuantiti hasil tindak balas dalam tindak balas B. Chemically unchanged at the end of the reaction
Tidak berubah secara kimia pada akhir tindak balas C. Equal amount of catalyst and reactant are needed for the reaction
Kuantiti yang sama bagi mangkin dan bahan tindak balas diperlukan untuk tindak balas.
D. The amount of the catalyst decreases at the end of the reactant Kuantiti mangkin berkurangan pada akhir tindak balas.
(48/2008)
25. Which process have the highest rate of reaction? Proces yang manakah mempunyai kadar tindak balas yang paling tinggi? A. Rusting
Pengaratan B. Respiration
Respirasi C. Combustion
Pembakaran D. Photosynthesis
Fotosintesis (1/2009)
26. In which in the chemical reaction can the rate be determined by measuring the changes in
the gas volume? Antara tindak balas kimia berikut,yang manakah mempunyai kadar tindak balas yang boleh ditentukan dengan mengukur perubahan isipadu gas? A. Acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution with iron(II) sulphate solution
Larutan kalium manganat(VII) berasid dengan larutan ferum(II) sulfat B. Sodium hydroxide solution with dilute hydrochloric acid
Larutan natrium hidroksida dengan asid hidroklorik cair C. Silver nitrate solution with sodium chloride solution
Larutan argentum nitrat dengan larutan natrium klorida D. Calcium carbonate with dilute hydrochloric acid
Kalsium karbonat dengan asid hidroklorik cair (24/2009)
13 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
27. When the temperature of a reacting mixture increases, the rate of reaction increases. Which statement explains why the rate of reaction increases? Apabila suhu campuran bahan tindak balas meningkat, kadar tindak balas meningkat. Penyataan manakah yang menerangkan mengapa kadar tindak balas meningkat? A. The total surface area of the reactant particles increases
Jumlah luas permukaan zarah-zarah bahan tindak balas bertambah. B. The total number of the reactant particles per unit volume increases.
Jumlah bilangan zarah-zarah bahan tindak balas per unit isi padu bertambah. C. The reactant particles move faster and collide more often with one another.
Zarah-zarah bahan tindak balas bergerak lebih cepat dan berlanggar lebih kerap antara satu sama lain.
D. The reactant particles which collide more often are able to overcome the lower activation energy. Zarah-zarah bahan tindak balas yang berlanggar lebih kerap boleh mengatasi tenaga pengaktifan yang lebih rendah.
(30/2010)
28. Table 6 shows the total volume of hydrogen gas, collected at regular intervals for the reaction between zinc and hydrochloric acid. Jadual 6 menunjukkan jumlah isi padu gas hydrogen, yang dikumpul pada sela masa yang sekata bagi tindak balas antara zink dan asid hidroklorik.
Time (min) Masa (min)
Total volume of hydrogen gas (cm3) Jumalah isi padu gas hydrogen (cm3)
0.0 0.00 0.5 8.00 1.0 14.50 1.5 20.50 2.0 24.00 2.5 26.50 3.0 26.50 3.5 26.50
What is the average rate of reaction? Berapakah kadar tindak balas purata? A. 0.10 cm3 min-1 B. 7.60 cm3 min-1 C. 10.60 cm3 min-1 D. 37.40 cm3 min-1
(31/2010)
14 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
29. The following equation shows the reaction between zinc powder and hydrochloric acid. Persamaan berikut menunjukkan tindak balas antara serbuk zinc dengan asid hidroklorik. Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
How can the rate of production of hydrogen can be increased? Bagaimanakah kadar penghasilan hydrogen boleh ditingkatkan? A. Increase the size of zinc
Meningkatkan saiz zink B. Increase the volume of water in the acid
Meningkatkan isipadu air dalam asid C. Increase the volume of hydrochloric acid
Meningkatkan isipadu asid hidroklorik D. Increase the temperature of the hydrochloric acid
Meningkatkan susu acid hidroklorik (32/2010)
30. The following chemical equation represents the reaction between calcium carbonate,
CaCO3 and hydrochloric acid, HCl. CaCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
Which changes can be used to determine the rate of reaction?
Persamaan kimia berikut mewakili tindak balas antara kalsium karbonat, CaCO3 dan asid hidroklorik, HCl.
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l) Perubahan manakah boleh digunakan untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas? I Mass of calcium carbonate per unit time Jisim kalsium karbonat per unit masa II Volume of carbon dioxide released per unit time Isi padu karbon dioksida dibebaskan per unit masa III Colour of solution per unit time Warna larutan per unit masa IV Mass of precipitate produced per unit time Jisim mendakan terhasil per unit masa A. I and II B. I and III C. II and IV D. III and IV
(24/2011)
15 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
31. When a few drops of copper(II) sulphate solution is added to a mixture of zinc powder and dilute sulphuric acid, the rate of reaction increases. Which statement best explains why the rate of reaction increases? Apabila beberapa titik larutan kuprum(II) sulfat ditambah kepada campuran serbuk zink dan asid cair, kadar tindak balas meningkat. Pernyataan manakah yang terbaik menjelaskan mengapa kadar tindak balas meningkat? A. Lowers the activation energy
Merendahkan tenaga pengaktifan B. Increases the collision frequency
Meningkatkan frekuensi perlanggaran C. Increases the concentration of sulphate ion in the mixture
Meningkatkan kepekatan ion sulfat dalam campuran D. Makes the orientation of collision between reacting particles is favourable
Menjadikan orientasi perlanggaran antara zarah bahan tindak balas lebih sesuai. (29/2011)
32. Table 4 shows the total volume of oxygen gas, O2, collected in the decomposition
reaction of hydrogen peroxide, H2O2. Jadual 4 menunjukkan jumlah isipadu gas oksigen, O2, yang dikumpul dalam tindak balas penguraian hydrogen peroksida, H2O2.
Time(s) Masa(s)
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
Volume of O2(cm3) Isipadu O2 (cm3)
0.00 18.00 27.50 35.00 41.50 46.50 50.00 50.00 50.00
Table 4 Jadual 4
What is the overall average rate of reaction? Berapakah kadar tindak balas purata keseluruhan? A. 0.152 cm3 s-1 B. 0.208 cm3 s-1 C. 0.278 cm3 s-1 D. 0.310 cm3 s-1
(39/2011)
16 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Section A Bahagian A
1 Diagram 6 shows two experiments to investigate one factors that influences the rate of a
reaction. Rajah 6 menunjukkan dua eksperimen untuk mengkaji satu faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar satu tindak balas.
(a) What is the factor that influences the rate of reaction in both experiments? Apakah faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas dalam kedua-dua eksperimen itu?
[1 mark]
17 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) The reaction in the experiment is represented by the following equation:
CaCO3(s) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
Tindak balas dalam eksperimen itu diwakili oleh persamaan berikut:
CaCO3(p) + 2HCl(ak) → CaCl2(ak) + CO2(g) + H2O(ce)
(i) Among the products stated in the equation, which is the most suitable to be chosen to determine the rate of reaction? Antara hasil tindak balas yang dinyatakan dalam persamaan ini, yang manakah paling sesuai untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas?
[1 mark]
(ii) State one reason for choosing the product in 1(b)(i). Nyatakan satu sebab untuk memilih hasil tindak balas di 6(b)(i).
[1 mark]
(c) State two controlled variable in both experiment. Nyatakan dua pembolehubah yang dimalarkan dalam kedua-dua eksperimen ini.
[2 marks]
18 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(d) The results for both experiments are represented by Graph 6. Keputusan kedua-dua eksperimen itu diwakili oleh graf 6
Based on Graph 6: Berdasarkan Graf 6:
(i) Experiment II has a higher rate of reaction. How does the graph show
this? Eksperimen II menunjukkan kadar tindak balas yang lebih tinggi. Bagaimanakah graf itu menunjukkan keadaan ini?
[1 mark]
(ii) What is happen to the reactant at time x? Apakah yang telah berlaku pada bahan tindak balas pada masa x?
[1 mark]
(iii) Why are both curves at the same level after time x? Mengapakah kedua-dua lengkung berada pada aras yang sama selepas masa x?
[1 mark]
19 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(e) What is the conclusion for both experiments? Apakah kesimpulan bagi kedua-dua eksperimen itu?
[1 mark]
(f) Another experiment is carried out using excess calcium carbonate powder and dilute hydrochloric acid with different concentrations. Satu eksperimen lain dijalankan menggunakan serbuk kalsium karbonat berlebihan dengan asid hydroklorik cair yang berlainan kepekatan.
Sketch the curve of concentration of dilute hydrochloric asid against the time taken to collect a fixed quantity of the product. Lakar lengkung graf kepekatan asid hidroklorik cair melawan masa untuk mengumpul kuantiti hasil ditetapkan.
[2 marks]
20 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 An experiment is carried out to investigate the rate of reaction of zinc with hydrochloric acid. Excess zinc powder is added to 20 cm3 of 0.2 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid. The volume of gas collected at regular intervals is shown in Diagram 5.1 Satu eksperimen dijalankan untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas antara zink dengan asid hidroklorik. Serbuk zink berlebihan ditambah kepada 20 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.2 mol dm-
3. Isi padu gas yang terkumpul pada sela masa yang sama ditunjukkan dalam Rajah 5.1. (a) State the meaning of the rate of reaction.
Nyatakan maksud kadar tindak balas.
[1 mark]
(b) From the graph in Diagram 5.1, determine: Daripada graf dalam Rajah 5.1, tentukan: (i) The rate of reaction at 120 s.
Kadar tindak balas pada 120 s
[1 mark]
(ii) The average rate of reaction between 60 s and 120 s. Kadar tindak balas purata antara 60 s dan 120 s.
[1 mark]
21 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) Explain why the rate of reaction decreases with time. Terangkan mengapa kadar tindak balas berkurangan dengan masa.
[1 mark]
(d) Another experiment is carried out to study the factors that affect the rate of this reaction. The results of this experiment are shown in Diagram 5.2. Curve I represents the results of this experiment using excess zinc powder and 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 dilute hydrochloric acid. Satu eksperimen lain dijalankan untuk mengkaji faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas ini. Keputusan eksperimen ini ditunjukkan dalam Rajah 5.2. Lengkung I mewakili keputusan eksperimen yang menggunakan serbuk zink berlebihan dan 50 cm3 asid hidroklorik cair 1.0 mol dm-3.
(i) Suggest the factors that influence the rate of reaction to obtain the curves
labelled II and III Cadangkan faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas untuk mendapatkan lengkung-lengkung berlabel II dan III
Curve II/ lengkung II : ………………………………………………. Curve III/ lengkung III :……………………………………………….
[2 marks]
22 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) Describe briefly how to carry out the experiment to obtain the curve labelled III. Huraikan dengan ringkas bagaimana eksperimen itu dijalankan untuk mendapatkan lengkung berlabel III.
[3 mark]
(iii) Give one reason why the final volume the gas obtained in curve III is half the final volume of gas in curve I. Beri satu sebab mengapa isi padu akhir gas yang terhasil dalam lengkung III adalah separuh daripada isi padu gas dalam lengkung I.
[1 mark]
23 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 Diagram 5 show two set of experiment to study the factor affecting the rate of reaction between hydrochloric acid, HCl and calcium carbonate, CaCO3 Rajah 5 menunjukkan dua set eksperimen untuk mengkaji faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas antara asid hidroklorik, HCl dan kalsium karbonat,CaCO3.
(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for this reaction in this experiment.
Tulis persamaan kimia seimbang bagi tindak balas dalam eksperimen ini.
[2 marks]
(b) What is the reading needed to recorded in both experiments to determine the rate of reaction in 3 minutes? Apakah bacaan yang perlu dicatat dalam kedua-dua eksperimen untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas dalam masa 3 minit?
[1 mark]
24 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) Calculate the average rate of reaction in set I Hitung kadar tindak balas purata dalam set I
(d) (i) Compare the rate of reaction in set 1 and set 2. Explain your answer based on the factor affecting the rate of reaction.
Bandingkan kadar tindak balas bagi set 1 dan set 2. Jelaskan jawapan anda berdasarkan faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas.
[2 marks]
(ii) Explain the answer in 5(d)(i) with reference to the collision theory. Jelaskan jawapan di 5(d)(i) dengan merujuk kepada teori perlanggaran.
[3 marks]
25 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(e) Sketch the graph of volume of carbon dioxide gas produced against time for both set of experiment in the first 3 minutes. Lakarkan graf isi padu gas karbon dioksida yang dihasilkan melawan masa bagi kedua-dua set eksperimen dalam masa 3 minit yang pertama.
Volume of carbon dioxide/ cm3 Isipadu karbon dioksida / cm3
Time/ min
Masa/min
4 In an experiment to investigate the rate of reaction, 50.0 cm3 of 0.2 mol dm-3 sodium
thiosulphate solution and 5.0 cm3 of mol dm-3 of sulphuric acid, are used. The sulphur formed can be measure the rate of reaction. Dalam satu eksperimen untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas, 50.0 cm3 larutan tiosulfat 0.2 mol dm-3 dan 5.0 cm3 asid sulfurik 1.0 mol dm-3, digunakan. Sulphur yang terbentuk boleh digunakan untuk mengukur kadar tindak balas itu. The equation for the reaction is given below. Persamaan tindak balas itu diberi di bawah. Na2S2O3 + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + SO2 + S + H2O (a) What is the colour of sulphur?
Apakah warna sulphur?
[1 mark]
26 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) The number of moles of a solute can be calculated using the formula, n=MV [ n = Number of moles of solute (mol), M = Molarity of a solution(mol dm-3), V = Volume of solution(dm-3)] Bilangan mol suatu zat terlarut boleh dihitung menggunakan rumus, n=MV [ n = Bilangan mol zat terlarut (mol), M = Kemolaran larutan (mol dm-3), V = Isipadu larutan (dm-3)]
Calculate, Hitung, (i) The number of mole of sodium tiosulphate in the solution.
Bilangan mol bagi natrium tiosulfat dalam larutan itu.
[1 mark]
(ii) The number of mole of sulphuric acid. Bilangan mol bagi asid sulfurik.
[1 mark]
(c) Based on the answer in 2(b)(i) and 2(b)(ii), name the reactant which determines the quantity of sulphur formed at the end of the reaction. Berdasarkan jawapan di 2(b)(i) dan 2(b)(ii), namakan bahan tindak yang menentukan kuantiti sulphur yang terbentuk pada akhir tindak balas itu.
[1 mark]
(d) (i) State three factors that can affect the rate of reaction in this experiment. Nyatakan tiga faktor yang boleh mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas itu dalam eksperimen ini.
1. ………………………………………………………………. 2. ………………………………………………………………. 3. ……………………………………………………………….
[3 marks]
27 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) using the collision theory, explain how any one of the factors in 2(d)(i) increases the rate of reaction. Menggunakan teori perlanggaran, terangkan bagaimana mana-mana satu daripada faktor di 2(d)(i) meningkatkan kadar tindak balas.
[2 marks]
28 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Section B Bahagian B
1 (a) Food stored in a refrigerator lasts longer than food stored in a kitchen
cabinet. Explain why. [4 marks]
Makanan yang disimpan dalam peti sejuk tahan lebih lama daripada makanan yang disimpan dalam almari dapur.
Terangkan mengapa. [4 markah]
(b) A group of pupils carried out three experiments to investigate the factors
affecting the rate of reaction. Table 7 shows information about the reactant and the temperature used in each experiment. Sekumpulan murid telah menjalankan tiga eksperimen untuk mengkaji kesan faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas. Jadual 7 menunjukkan maklumat tentang bahan tindak balas dan suhu yang digunakan dalam setiap eksperimen.
Experiment Eksperimen
Reactants Bahan tindak balas
Temperature/°C Suhu/°C
I
Excess calcium carbonate chips and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Ketulan kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
30
II
Excess calcium carbonate chips and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Ketulan kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
40
III
Excess calcium carbonate powder and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Serbuk kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
40
Table 7 Jadual 7
Graph 7 shows the results of these experiments. Graf 7 menunjukkan keputusan eksperimen-eksperimen ini.
29 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(i) Calculate the average rate of reaction for Experiment I. Hitungkan kadar tindak balas purata bagi eksperimen I.
[2 marks]
(ii) Based on Table 7 and Graph 7, compare the rate of reaction between: Berdasarkan Jadual 7 dan Graf 7, bandingkan kadar tindak balas antara:
• Experiment I and experiment II Eksperimen I dan eksperimen II
• Experiment II and experiment III Eksperimen II dan eksperimen III
In each case explain the different in rate of reaction with reference to the collision theory. Bagi setiap kes terangkan perbezaan dalam kadar tindak dengan merujuk kepada teory perlanggaran.
[10 marks]
30 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii) The chemical equation below shows the reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid. Persamaan kimia di bawah menunjukkan tindak balas antara kalsium carbonate dengan asid hidroklorik.
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O
Given that the relative atomic mass of C=12, O=16, Ca=40 and the molar volume of any gas is 24 dm3 mol -1 at room temperature and pressure. Diberi, jisim atom relatif bagi C=12, O=16, Ca=40 dan isi padu molar sebarang gas adalah 24 dm3 mol-1 pada suhu dan tekanan bilik.
Calculate the maximum volume of carbon dioxide gas produced in Experiment II. Hitungkan isipadu maksimum gas karbon dioksida yang terhasil dalam eksperimen II.
[4 marks] 2 Three experiments, I, II, and III are carried out to investigate the factors affecting the rate
of reaction. Table shows the reactants and the conditions of reaction involved. Tiga eksperimen, I, II, dan III dijalankan untuk mengkaji faktor-faktor yang
mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas. Jadual 8 menunjukkan bahan tindak balas dan keadaan tindak balas yang terlibat.
Experiment Eksperimen
Reactants Bahan tindak balas
Condition of reaction Keadaan tindak balas
I Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid 50 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol-3
Room temperature
II Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid 50 cm3 asid sulfurik 0.5 mol-3
Room temperature
III Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid 50 cm3 asid sulfurik 0.5 mol-3
60°C
(a) (i) Referring to experiment I, II and III, state: • The meaning of rate of reaction • Two factors that affect the rate of reaction
Merujuk kepada eksperimen I, II dan III, nyatakan: • Maksud kadar tindak balas, • Dua faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas
[3 marks]
31 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction in experiment I Tulis persamaan kimia seimbang bagi tindak balas dalam eksperimen I.
[2 marks]
(b) Calculate the total volume of hydrogen gas released in experiment I. [Molar gas volume at room conditions is 24 dm3] Hitungkan jumlah isipadu gas hydrogen yang dibebaskan dalam eksperimen I. [Isi padu molar gas pada keadaan bilik ialah 24 dm3]
[3 marks]
(c) Diagram 8 shows the results of experiments I, II and III. Rajah 8 menunjukkan keputusan bagi eksperimen I, II dan III.
Based on the graph, Berdasarkan graf, (i) Compare the rate of reaction between experiment I and experiment II.
Explain your answer using the Collision Theory. Banding kadar tindak balas antara eksperimen I dan eksperimen II. Jelaskan jawapan anda menggunakan Teori Perlanggaran.
[5 marks]
32 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) Suggest one way to obtain curve III without changing the zinc, acid or temperature in experiment II. Explain your answer using collision theory. Cadangkan satu cara untuk memperoleh lengkung tiga tanpa mengubah zinc, asid, dan suhu dalam eksperimen II. Jelaskan jawapan anda menggunakan teori Perlanggaran.
[5 marks]
(iii) Explain why the total volume of hydrogen gas released in experiment II is doubled that of experiment I. Terangkan mengapa jumlah isi padu gas hydrogen yang dibebaskan dalam eksperimen II adalah dua kali ganda eksperimen I.
[2 marks]
Section C Bahagian C
1 Table 10 shows the data from Experiment I and Experiment II that were carried out to
study the rate of reaction of zinc with two acid, P and Q. Jadual 10 menunjukkan data daripada Eksperimen I dan Eksperimen II yang dijalankan untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas antara dua asid, P dan Q.
Experiment
Eksperimen
Reactants
Bahan tindak balas
Products
Hasil tindak balas
Observation
Pemerhatian
I
2.6 g of zinc and 50 cm3 of acid P 2.0 mol dm-3
2.6 g of zink dengan 50 cm3 asid P 2.0 mol dm-3
Zinc chloride and hydrogen gas
Zink klorida dan gas hidrogen
The temperature of the mixture inceases
Suhu campuran meningkat
II
2.6 g of zinc and 50 cm3 of acid Q 2.0 mol dm-3
2.6 g of zink dengan 50 cm3 asid Q 2.0 mol dm-3
Zinc sulphate and hydrogen gas
Zink sulfat dan gas hidrogen
The temperature of the mixture inceases
Suhu campuran meningkat
33 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(a) (i) By choosing either Experiment I or Experiment II, state the name of the acid used. Write the chemical equation for the reaction of this acid with zinc. Dengan memilih Eksperimen I atau Eksperimen II, nyatakan nama asid yang digunakan . tulis persamaan kimia bagi tindak balas ini dengan zink.
[2 marks]
(ii) Draw an energy profile diagram for the reaction in 10(a)(i). On the energy profile diagram show the: Lukis satu gambar rajah profil tenaga untuk tindak balas di 10(a)(i). Pada gambar rajah profil tenaga itu ditunjukkan:
• Heat of reaction, ∆H
Haba tindak balas, ∆H • Activation energy without a catalyst, Ea
Tenaga pengaktifan tanpa mangkin, Ea • Activation energy with a catalyst, Ea’
Tenaga pengaktifan dengan mangkin, Ea’ Explain the energy profile diagram. Jelaskan gambar rajah profil tenaga itu.
[10 marks]
34 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) The graph in Diagram 10 shows the results of Experiment I and Experiment II Graf pada Rajah 10 menunjukkan keputusan bagi Eksperimen I dan Eksperimen II.
Based on the graph: Berdasarkan pada graf:
(i) Calculate the average rate of reaction for either Experiment I or Experiment II. Hitungkan kadar tindak balas purata bagi Eksperimen I atau Eksperimen II.
[2 marks]
(ii) Explain the different in the rate of reaction between Experiment I and Experiment II before 160 s. Use the collision theory in your explanation. Terangkan perbezaan kadar tindak antara Eksperimen I dan Eksperimen II sebelum 160 s. Gunakan teori perlanggaran dalam penerangan anda.
[6 marks]
35 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
PAPER 3 : CHAPTER 1 FORM FIVE (Rate of Reaction) Q1 / P3 / 2003 An experiment was conducted to find out the effects of temperature on the rate of reaction. 50 cm3 of sodium thiosuiphate solution 0.05 mol dm-3 at 30°C was put into a 250 cm3 conical flask. Then the conical flask was placed on an `X' sign on a piece of white paper. 10 cm3 of hydrochloric acid 1.0 mol dm3 was added to the sodium thiosuiphate solution and shaken. At the same time, the stop watch was started. The stop watch was stopped as soon as the `X' sign was no longer visible. The same steps of the experiment were repeated for sodium thiosuiphate solution which was heated to 35°C, 40°C and 50°C. Figure 1 shows the readings of the stop watch for each of the reaction at different temperatures.
Diagram 1
(a) Record the time for each reaction in the spaces provided in Diagram 1.
36 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) Construct a table and record temperature, time, and time
1 for this experiment.
(c) (i) Draw a graph of temperature against time
1 on the graph paper.
(ii) Based on the graph in (c)(i), state the relationship between the rate of reaction and temperature.
…………………………………………………………………………
(d) Predict the time taken as soon as the sign `X' to be no longer visible if this experiment is repeated at 55°C.
……………………………………………………………………………………
(e) (i) State the variable involved in this experiment. Manipulated variable ……………………………………………………………………
Responding variable ……………………………………………………………………
Constant variable ……………………………………………………………………
37 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) State how you would manipulate one variable while keeping the other variable constant.
………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………………………………………
(f) State the hypothesis for this experiment. …………………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………………………….
(g) From the above experiment, the student found a relationship between temperature and rate of reaction. The same situation can be applied in our daily lives, for example, keeping food that is easily spoiled in the refrigerator.
Using your knowledge of chemistry, state the relationship between temperature and the rate at which food turns bad.
…………………………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………………………………………..
38 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MARK SCHEME
1. D 30. C 2. C 31. A 3. C 32. C 4. C 5. D 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D 11. B 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. D 20. C 21. B 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. D 28. C 29. D
Section A
1. (a) Total surface area of the calcium carbonate (b)(i) Carbon dioxide, CO2
(b)(ii) The volume of carbon dioxide released per unit time can be easily measured (c) 1. The temperature of the reacting mixture 2. The concentration of the hydrochloric acid (d)(i) The gradient of the graph obtained from Experiment II is much steeper that the
gradient of the graph obtained from experiment I. (d)(ii) One of the reactant and both of the reactants has completely reacted. (d)(iii) The mass of calcium carbonate or the number of moles of hydrochloric acid used
is the same in both experiments. This resulted in the same volume of carbon dioxide being released.
(e) The bigger the total surface area is, the higher the rate of reaction will be.
39 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(f)
2. (a) Rate is a measure of how fast or how slow something is happening. In chemistry, the rate of reaction is the speed at which reactants are converted into products through a chemical reaction.
Concentration of dilute hydrochloric acid
Time taken to collect a fixed quantity of product
(b)(i) Rate of reaction
= = 0.142 cm3 s-1
(b)(ii)
= = 0.267 cm3 s-1
(c) Because the concentration of the acid and the mass of the zinc decreases with time
(d)(i) Curve II : The experiment is carried out at a higher temperature or a catalyst is used. Curve III : The experiment is carried out with a lower concentration of HCl or with a smaller mass of zinc.
(d)(ii) The experiment for curve (III) are carried out, using the same apparatus set up and under the same condition as in experiment (I). However, only the concentration of HCl is changed from 1.0 mol dm-3 to 0.5 mol dm-3. The volume of the gas collected at regular interval by using water displacement method.
(d)(iii) Because the reaction uses the same volume of HCl but with half of its concentration. Therefore, the number of mole of hydrochloric cid for curve III is half the number of mole of HCl for curve I.
3. (a) CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O
(b) Volume of carbon dioxide released every 30 seconds. (c) 60 (3 60) = 0.333 cm3 s-1
(d)(i) The rate in reaction in set 2 is higher than the rate of reaction in set 1. This is because the concentration of HCl in reaction in set 2 is higher than that in reaction in set 1. The higher the concentration, the higher is the reaction will.be.
40 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(d)(ii) A higher concentration of HCl contains more particles of H+ and Cl- per unit volume, the higher the effective rate of collision of H+ on CO3
2- will be. This increases the rate of formation of CO2.
(e)
Section B.
1. (a) Food stored in a refrigerator lasts longer because of the following reasons : • The temperature in refrigerator is lower • Bacterial activity is lower, less toxin is produced by bacteria • In a kitchen cabinet, the temperature is higher, bacterial activity is higher. • Therefore the rate of food spoilage is faster in a kitchen cabinet than in a
refrigerator.
(b)(i) Volume of gas released = 50 cm3
Time taken = 55 s Therefore the average rate of reaction = = 0.91 cm3 s-1
(b)(ii) Experiment I and experiment II
• Experiment II has a higher rate of reaction than experiment I. • The temperature for reaction II is higher than experiment I. • Frequency collision between hydrogen ion, H+ and calcium carbonate
increases in experiment II, so • The kinetic energy between reacting particles increases, so • The frequency of effective collision between reactant particles increases.
Experiment II and experiment III • The rate of reaction in experiment III is higher than experiment II • The size of calcium carbonate in experiment III is smaller than experiment II • The smaller the size, will increases the total surface area in experiment III • The frequency of collision between hydrogen ion, H+ and calcium carbonate
increases. • The frequency of effective collision between reactant particles increases.
41 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b)(iii) Number of mole of hydrochloric acid = x 30 = 0.015 moles 2 moles of HCl produce 1 mol of carbon dioxide Therefore 0.015 mole hydrochloric acid produces = x 0.015 = 0.0075 mole 1 mole of CO2 occupies 24 000 cm3 Therefore 0.0075 mole will occupy = 0.0075 x 24 000 cm3 = 0.18 dm3
2. (a)(i) Meaning
Rate of reaction is the change of volume of hydrogen gas per unit volume Two factors Temperature and concentration of hydrogen ion/ hydrochloric
(a)(ii) Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2 (b) Number of mole = = = 0.025
= = 0.0125 Total volume = 0.0125 X 24 = 0.3 dm3
(c)(i) Experiment I and experiment II • Rate of reaction of experiment II is higher than experiment I • Concentration of hydrogen ions in experiment in experiment II is higher than
experiment I • Thus, the number of hydrogen ion per unit volume in experiment II is higher
than experiment I • Frequency of collision between zinc and hydrogen ion in experiment II is
higher than experiment I • Frequency of effective collisions between particles increases
(c)(ii) Add a catalyst such as copper(II) sulphate
• The catalyst lowers the activation energy. • More particles collide with each other to achieve activation energy. • Frequency of collisions between zinc and hydrogen ion increases. • Frequency of effective collisions between particles increases
(c)(iii) The acid used in experiment II is diprotic acid whereas in experiment I is monoprotic. So, the number of hydrogen ions in experiment II is double.
42 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Section C.
1. (a)(i) Experiment I : Hydrochloric acid Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
(a)(ii) Explanation Ea
• The reaction is exothermic • The total heat contains of the products is lower than that of the reactant • Therefore heat of given off. • The differences between reactants and products are known as the heat of
reaction. • The energy differences between the maximum energy of the curve and the
energy of the reactant are called activation energy. • This is the energy barrier that must be overcome before the reaction can occur. Explanation Ea’ • When a catalyst is added, the activation energy is lower. • The reaction goes through an easier path • The rate of reaction increases because more effective collision between the
reactant particles can occur to produce the products faster.
(b)(i) Experiment I
= = 4 cm3 s-1
(b)(ii) Experiment I. The acid used in experiment I is hydrochloric acid. It is a monoprotic acid. The acid
produces one hydrogen ion per molecule. Experiment II
The acid used in experiment II is sulphuric acid. It is a diprotic acid. The acid produces two hydrogen ions per molecule. If the concentration is the same, diprotic acid will have more hydrogen ions per unit volume than a monoprotic
43 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
acid. The frequency of effective collision between reactant particles is higher. This will result in a higher rate of reaction for experiment II.
Paper 3 : 1 (a) Time, t1 55 s at the temperature of 30° C. Time, t2 48 a at the temperature of 35° C. Time, t3 42 a at the temperature of 40° C. Time. t4 37 s at the temperature of 45° C. Time, t5 33 a at the temperature of 50° C. (b)
(1) Graph of temperature against time
1
44 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) The rate of reaction increases with the increase in temperature.
45 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J
From the graph, when temperature = 55 °C, time
1 = 0.033 s-1
Time = 30.3 s (h) (i) Manipulated variable: Temperature of sodium thiosulphate solution. Responding variable: Rate of reaction between sodium thiosuiphate and hydrochloric acid. Constant variable: Concentration and volume of sodium thiosulphate solution and hydrochloric acid. (ii) Temperature is the manipulated variable. Heating sodium thiosulphate with several different temperatures by remaining the
concentration and volume of sodium thiosulphate solution and hydrochloric acid constant helps maintain the responding variable.
(i) The higher the temperature, the higher the rate of reaction is. (g) The lower the temperature, the lower the rate of food turns bad.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
1 | P a g
e @ R A T
1
E
Diagram 6 reaction. Rajah 6 mensatu tindak b
(a) What is Apakah f_______
(b) The reac
CaC Tindak b
CaC
E O F R E A
shows two
nunjukkan dubalas.
the factor thfaktor yang
___________
ction in the e
CO3(s) + 2HC
balas dalam
CO3(p) + 2H
A C T I O N S
experiments
ua eksperime
hat influencesmempengaru__________
experiment is
Cl(aq) → Ca
eksperimen
HCl(ak) → Ca
S
Section ABahagian A
to investiga
en untuk men
s the rate of ruhi kadar tin
___________
s represented
Cl2(aq) + CO
itu diwakili o
aCl2(ak) + C
A
ate one facto
ngkaji satu f
reaction in bndak balas da___________
d by the follo
O2(g) + H2O(
oleh persama
CO2(g) + H2O
M O
ors that infl
faktor yang m
both experimealam kedua-d___________
owing equatio
(l)
aan berikut:
O(ce)
O D U L E J
luences the r
mempengaru
ents? dua eksperim_________
on:
U J 2 0 1 2
rate of a
uhi kadar
men itu?
[1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 | P a g
e @ R A T
E
(i)
p
(ii)
(c) State twNyataka1. ____2. ____
(d) The resuKeputus Based onBerdasa (i)
E O F R E A
Among the chosen to deAntara hasilpaling sesua__________
State one reaNyatakan sa__________
wo controlled an dua pembo____________________
ults for both san kedua-du
n Graph 6: arkan Graf 6
Experiment Eksperimen graf itu men____________________
A C T I O N S
products stetermine the l tindak balaai untuk men___________
ason for chooatu sebab unt___________
variable in bolehubah yan
______________________
experimentsua eksperime
:
II has a highII menunjuk
nunjukkan ke______________________
S
tated in the rate of reacti
as yang dinyentukan kada___________
osing the protuk memilih h___________
both experimng dimalarka
______________________
are represenen itu diwakil
her rate of reakkan kadar tiadaan ini? ______________________
equation, wion?
yatakan dalaar tindak ba__________
oduct in 1(b)hasil tindak __________
ment. an dalam ked______________________
nted by Grapli oleh graf 6
action. How indak balas y
____________________
M O
which is the
m persamaalas?
___________
)(i). balas di 6(b)
___________
dua-dua eksp______________________
ph 6. 6
does the grayang lebih ti
______________________
O D U L E J
most suitab
an ini, yang m
__________
)(i). __________
perimen ini. __________ __________
[
aph show thisinggi. Bagaim
________________
U J 2 0 1 2
ble to be
manakah
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
s? manakah
_______
[1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) What is happen to the reactant at time x?
x?
Apakah yang telah berlaku pada bahan tindak balas pada masa x? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
(iii) Why are both curves at the same level after timeMengapakah kedua-dua lengkung berada pada aras yang sama selepas masa x? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
(e) What is the conclusion for both experiments? Apakah kesimpulan bagi kedua-dua eksperimen itu? ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
(f) Another experiment is carried out using excess calcium carbonate powder and dilute hydrochloric acid with different concentrations. Satu eksperimen lain dijalankan menggunakan serbuk kalsium karbonat berlebihan dengan asid hydroklorik cair yang berlainan kepekatan. Sketch the curve of concentration of dilute hydrochloric asid against the time taken to collect a fixed quantity of the product. Lakar lengkung graf kepekatan asid hidroklorik cair melawan masa untuk mengumpul kuantiti hasil ditetapkan.
[2 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
2 An experiment is carried out to investigate the rate of reaction of zinc with hydrochloric acid. Excess zinc powder is added to 20 cm3 of 0.2 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid. The volume of gas collected at regular intervals is shown in Diagram 5.1 Satu eksperimen dijalankan untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas antara zink dengan asid hidroklorik. Serbuk zink berlebihan ditambah kepada 20 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.2 mol dm-3. Isi padu gas yang terkumpul pada sela masa yang sama ditunjukkan dalam Rajah 5.1.
Diagram 5.1 Rajah 5.1
(a) State the meaning of the rate of reaction.
Nyatakan maksud kadar tindak balas. ________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
(b) From the graph in Diagram 5.1, determine: Daripada graf dalam Rajah 5.1, tentukan: (i) The rate of reaction at 120 s.
s.
Kadar tindak balas pada 120 s ___________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
(ii) The average rate of reaction between 60 s and 120Kadar tindak balas purata antara 60 s dan 120 s. ___________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5 | P a g
e @ R A T
E
(c) Explain Terangk______________
(d) AnotherThe resuthis expacid. Satu ekstindak bmewakilasid hid
(i)
(ii)
E O F R E A
why the ratekan mengapa______________________
r experiment ults of this exeriment usin
sperimen lainbalas ini. Keli keputusan
droklorik cair
Suggest the II and III Cadangkan lengkung-lenCurve II/ lenCurve III/ le
Describe briHuraikan dmendapatka______________________________
Volume of hyIsipadu gas h
A C T I O N S
e of reaction a kadar tinda____________________
is carried ouxperiment ar
ng excess zin
n dijalankaneputusan ekseksperimen
r 1.0 mol dm
factors that i
faktor yangngkung berlangkung II : engkung III :
iefly how to dengan rin
an lengkung b_________________________________
ydrogen gas/cmhydrogen/cm 3
S
decreases wak balas berk______________________
ut to study thre shown in Dnc powder an
n untuk mengsperimen iniyang mengg
-3.
influence the
g mempengarabel II dan II____________________
carry out thengkas bagaberlabel III._________________________________
m3
DiR
with time. kurangan den______________________
he factors thDiagram 5.2nd 50 cm3 of
gkaji faktor-fi ditunjukkagunakan ser
e rate of reac
ruhi kadar tII ______________________
e experimentimana eksp
______________________________
iagram 8 Rajah 8
M O
ngan masa. ______________________
hat affect the. Curve I rep
f 1.0 mol dm
faktor yang mn dalam Raj
rbuk zink ber
ction to obtai
tindak balas
_____________________
t to obtain theperimen itu
_____________________________
O D U L E J
____________
e rate of this presents the r-3 dilute hydr
mempengaruajah 5.2. Lenrlebihan dan
in the curves
s untuk mend
______________________
[
e curve labelu dijalankan
______________________
Time/s Masa/saat
U J 2 0 1 2
_______
[1 mark]
reaction. results of rochloric
uhi kadar ngkung I n 50 cm3
s labelled
dapatkan
_ __ [2 marks]
lled III. n untuk
______________
[3 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(iii) Give one reason why the final volume the gas obtained in curve III is half the final volume of gas in curve I. Beri satu sebab mengapa isi padu akhir gas yang terhasil dalam lengkung III adalah separuh daripada isi padu gas dalam lengkung I. ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
3 Diagram 5 show two set of experiment to study the factor affecting the rate of reaction
between hydrochloric acid, HCl and calcium carbonate, CaCO3 Rajah 5 menunjukkan dua set eksperimen untuk mengkaji faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas antara asid hidroklorik, HCl dan kalsium karbonat,CaCO3.
Diagram 5
Rajah 5
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(a) Write a balanced chemical equation for this reaction in this experiment. Tulis persamaan kimia seimbang bagi tindak balas dalam eksperimen ini.
[2 marks]
(b) What is the reading needed to recorded in both experiments to determine the rate of reaction in 3 minutes? Apakah bacaan yang perlu dicatat dalam kedua-dua eksperimen untuk menentukan kadar tindak balas dalam masa 3 minit?
[1 mark]
(c) Calculate the average rate of reaction in set I Hitung kadar tindak balas purata dalam set I
(d) (i) Compare the rate of reaction in set 1 and set 2. Explain your answer based on the factor affecting the rate of reaction.
Bandingkan kadar tindak balas bagi set 1 dan set 2. Jelaskan jawapan anda berdasarkan faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas.
[2 marks] (ii) Explain the answer in 5(d)(i) with reference to the collision theory.
Jelaskan jawapan di 5(d)(i) dengan merujuk kepada teori perlanggaran.
[3 marks]
7 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(e) Sketch the graph of volume of carbon dioxide gas produced against time for both set of experiment in the first 3 minutes. Lakarkan graf isi padu gas karbon dioksida yang dihasilkan melawan masa bagi kedua-dua set eksperimen dalam masa 3 minit yang pertama.
Volume of carbon dioxide/ cm3 Isipadu karbon dioksida / cm3
Time/ min Masa/min
4 In an experiment to investigate the rate of reaction, 50.0 cm3 of 0.2 mol dm-3 sodium
thiosulphate solution and 5.0 cm3 of mol dm-3 of sulphuric acid, are used. The sulphur formed can be measure the rate of reaction. Dalam satu eksperimen untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas, 50.0 cm3 larutan tiosulfat 0.2 mol dm-3 dan 5.0 cm3 asid sulfurik 1.0 mol dm-3, digunakan. Sulphur yang terbentuk boleh digunakan untuk mengukur kadar tindak balas itu. The equation for the reaction is given below. Persamaan tindak balas itu diberi di bawah. Na2S2O3 + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + SO2 + S + H2O (a) What is the colour of sulphur?
Apakah warna sulphur?
[1 mark]
(b) The number of moles of a solute can be calculated using the formula, n=MV [ n = Number of moles of solute (mol), M = Molarity of a solution(mol dm-3), V = Volume of solution(dm-3)] Bilangan mol suatu zat terlarut boleh dihitung menggunakan rumus, n=MV [ n = Bilangan mol zat terlarut (mol), M = Kemolaran larutan (mol dm-3), V = Isipadu larutan (dm-3)]
8 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
9 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
Calculate, Hitung, (i) The number of mole of sodium tiosulphate in the solution.
id.
Bilangan mol bagi natrium tiosulfat dalam larutan itu.
[1 mark]
(ii) The number of mole of sulphuric acBilangan mol bagi asid sulfurik.
[1 mark]
(c) Based on the answer in 2(b)(i) and 2(b)(ii), name the reactant which determines the quantity of sulphur formed at the end of the reaction. Berdasarkan jawapan di 2(b)(i) dan 2(b)(ii), namakan bahan tindak yang menentukan kuantiti sulphur yang terbentuk pada akhir tindak balas itu.
[1 mark]
(d) (i) State three factors that can affect the rate of reaction in this experiment. Nyatakan tiga faktor yang boleh mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas itu dalam eksperimen ini. 1. _________________________________________________________ 2. _________________________________________________________ 3. _________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) using the collision theory, explain how any one of the factors in 2(d)(i) increases the rate of reaction.
Menggunakan teori perlanggaran, terangkan bagaimana mana-mana satu daripada faktor di 2(d)(i) meningkatkan kadar tindak balas.
[2 marks]
10 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Section B Bahagian B
1 (a) Food stored in a refrigerator lasts longer than food stored in a kitchen cabinet. Explain why.
[4 marks] Makanan yang disimpan dalam peti sejuk tahan lebih lama daripada makanan yang
disimpan dalam almari dapur. Terangkan mengapa.
[4 markah]
(b) A group of pupils carried out three experiments to investigate the factors affecting the rate of reaction. Table 7 shows information about the reactant and the temperature used in each experiment.
Sekumpulan murid telah menjalankan tiga eksperimen untuk mengkaji kesan faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas. Jadual 7 menunjukkan maklumat tentang bahan tindak balas dan suhu yang digunakan dalam setiap eksperimen.
Experiment Eksperimen
Reactants Bahan tindak balas
Temperature/°C Suhu/°C
I
Excess calcium carbonate chips and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Ketulan kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
30
II
Excess calcium carbonate chips and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Ketulan kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
40
III
Excess calcium carbonate powder and 30 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloride acid Serbuk kalsium karbonat berlebihan dan 30 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol dm-3
40
Table 7 Jadual 7
11 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
12 | P a g
g e @ R A T E
Graph 7 shoGraf 7 menu
(i) CalcHitu
(ii) BaseBerd
In etheoBagteory
E O F R E
ows the resultunjukkan kep
culate the avungkan kadar
ed on Table dasarkan Jad• Experim
Eksperim• Experim
Eksperim
each case expory. gi setiap kes ry perlanggar
E A C T I O N
ts of these exputusan ekspe
erage rate ofr tindak bala
7 and Graphdual 7 dan G
ment I and exmen I dan ek
ment II and exmen II dan e
plain the dif
terangkan pran.
N S
xperiments.erimen-ekspe
Graf 7 Graf 7
f reaction foras purata bag
h 7, compare Graf 7, bandixperiment IIksperimen IIxperiment II
eksperimen II
fferent in rat
perbezaan d
erimen ini.
r Experimentgi eksperime
the rate of reingkan kadar
I II
te of reactio
dalam kadar
M O
t I. en I.
eaction betwr tindak bala
on with refer
r tindak deng
O D U L E J
[
ween: as antara:
rence to the
gan merujuk
[1
U J 2 0 1 2
[2 marks]
collision
k kepada
0 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii) The chemical equation below shows the reaction between calcium carbonate and hydrochloric acid. Persamaan kimia di bawah menunjukkan tindak balas antara kalsium carbonate dengan asid hidroklorik.
CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O Given that the relative atomic mass of C=12, O=16, Ca=40 and the molar volume of any gas is 24 dm3 mol -1 at room temperature and pressure. Diberi, jisim atom relatif bagi C=12, O=16, Ca=40 dan isi padu molar sebarang gas adalah 24 dm3 mol-1 pada suhu dan tekanan bilik. Calculate the maximum volume of carbon dioxide gas produced in Experiment II. Hitungkan isipadu maksimum gas karbon dioksida yang terhasil dalam eksperimen II.
[4 marks] 2 Three experiments, I, II, and III are carried out to investigate the factors affecting the rate of
reaction. Table 8 shows the reactants and the conditions of reaction involved. Tiga eksperimen, I, II, dan III dijalankan untuk mengkaji faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi
kadar tindak balas. Jadual 8 menunjukkan bahan tindak balas dan keadaan tindak balas yang terlibat.
Experiment Eksperimen
Reactants Bahan tindak balas
Condition of reaction Keadaan tindak balas
I Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid 50 cm3 asid hidroklorik 0.5 mol-3
Room temperature
II Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid 50 cm3 asid sulfurik 0.5 mol-3
Room temperature
III Excess zinc Zink berlebihan
50 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid 50 cm3 asid sulfurik 0.5 mol-3
60°C
Jadual 8 Rajah 8
(a) (i) Referring to experiment I, II and III, state:
• The meaning of rate of reaction • Two factors that affect the rate of reaction Merujuk kepada eksperimen I, II dan III, nyatakan: • Maksud kadar tindak balas, • Dua faktor yang mempengaruhi kadar tindak balas
[3 marks] (ii) Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction in experiment I
Tulis persamaan kimia seimbang bagi tindak balas dalam eksperimen I. [2 marks]
13 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
14 | P a g
g e @ R A T E
(b) Calculat[Molar gHitungk[Isi padu
(c) Diagram
Rajah 8
Based onBerdasa(i)
j
(ii)
E O F R E
te the total vogas volume akan jumlah isu molar gas p
m 8 shows themenunjukka
n the graph, arkan graf, Compare thyour answerBanding kadjawapan and
Suggest ontemperature Cadangkan asid, dan suPerlanggara
E A C T I O N
olume of hydat room condsipadu gas hypada keadaa
e results of ean keputusan
he rate of rear using the Cdar tindak bda mengguna
e way to oin experimesatu cara u
uhu dalam ekan.
N S
drogen gas reditions is 24 dydrogen yangan bilik ialah
experiments In bagi eksper
Diagram 8Rajah 8
action betweollision Theobalas antaraakan Teori P
obtain curveent II. Explainuntuk mempeksperimen II
eleased in exdm3] g dibebaskanh 24 dm3]
I, II and III.rimen I, II da
een experimeory. a eksperimenPerlanggaran
e III withon your answeroleh lengk
I. Jelaskan ja
M O
xperiment I.
n dalam eksp
an III.
ent I and ex
n I dan ekspn.
out changinger using collkung tiga taawapan anda
O D U L E J
perimen I.
[
xperiment II.
perimen II.
[
g the zinc, lision theory.anpa menguba menggunak
[
U J 2 0 1 2
[3 marks]
. Explain
Jelaskan
[5 marks]
acid or . bah zinc, kan teori
[5 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(iii) Explain why the total volume of hydrogen gas released in experiment II is doubled that of experiment I. Terangkan mengapa jumlah isi padu gas hydrogen yang dibebaskan dalam eksperimen II adalah dua kali ganda eksperimen I.
[2 marks]
Section C Bahagian C
1 Table 10 shows the data from Experiment I and Experiment II that were carried out to study
the rate of reaction of zinc with two acid, P and Q. Jadual 10 menunjukkan data daripada Eksperimen I dan Eksperimen II yang dijalankan untuk mengkaji kadar tindak balas antara dua asid, P dan Q.
Experiment Eksperimen
Reactants Bahan tindak balas
Products Hasil tindak balas
Observation Pemerhatian
I
2.6 g of zinc and 50 cm3 of acid P 2.0 mol dm-3
2.6 g of zink dengan 50 cm3 asid P 2.0 mol dm-3
Zinc chloride and hydrogen gas Zink klorida dan gas hidrogen
The temperature of the mixture inceases Suhu campuran meningkat
II
2.6 g of zinc and 50 cm3 of acid Q 2.0 mol dm-3
2.6 g of zink dengan 50 cm3 asid Q 2.0 mol dm-3
Zinc sulphate and hydrogen gas Zink sulfat dan gas hidrogen
The temperature of the mixture inceases Suhu campuran meningkat
Table 10 Jadual 10
(a) (i) By choosing either Experiment I or Experiment II, state the name of the acid
used. Write the chemical equation for the reaction of this acid with zinc. Dengan memilih Eksperimen I atau Eksperimen II, nyatakan nama asid yang digunakan . tulis persamaan kimia bagi tindak balas ini dengan zink.
[2 marks]
(ii) Draw an energy profile diagram for the reaction in 10(a)(i). On the energy profile diagram show the: Lukis satu gambar rajah profil tenaga untuk tindak balas di 10(a)(i). Pada gambar rajah profil tenaga itu ditunjukkan:
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Heat of Haba tin
reaction, ∆Hndak balas, ∆
H ∆H
•
16 | P a g
(b)
g e @ R A T E
•
•
ExplJelas
The graph inGraf pada R
Based on theBerdasarkan
(i) CalcHitu
(ii) ExpbefoTera160
E O F R E
ActivatiTenaga ActivatiTenaga
lain the enerskan gambar
n Diagram 10Rajah 10 men
e graph: n pada graf:
culate the avungkan kadar
plain the diffeore 160 s. Usangkan perbs. Gunakan
E A C T I O N
ion energy wpengaktifan
without a catatanpa mangk
alyst, Ea kin, Ea
ion energy wpengaktifan
with a catalystdengan man
t, Ea’ ngkin, Ea’
rgy profile dir rajah profi
iagram. il tenaga itu.
[10 marks]
0 shows the rnunjukkan ke
results of Exeputusan bag
xperiment I agi Eksperime
and Experimen I dan Eksp
ent II perimen II.
erage rate ofr tindak bala
ferent in the rse the collisiobezaan kadar
teori perlang
N S
DiagramRajah
f reaction foras purata bag
rate of reacton theory in r tindak antaggaran dala
m 10 10
r either Expegi Eksperime
eriment I or Een I atau Eks
Experiment Isperimen II.
[
II.
[2 marks]
ion betweenyour explana
ara Eksperimm peneranga
n Experimentation.
men I dan Ekan anda.
t I and Expe
ksperimen II
[
riment II
I sebelum
[6 marks]
M OO D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2 http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
PAPER 3 : CHAPTER 1 FORM FIVE (Rate of Reaction) Q1 / P3 / 2003 An experiment was conducted to find out the effects of temperature on the rate of reaction. 50 cm3 of sodium thiosuiphate solution 0.05 mol dm-3 at 30°C was put into a 250 cm3 conical flask. Then the conical flask was placed on an `X' sign on a piece of white paper. 10 cm3 of hydrochloric acid 1.0 mol dm3 was added to the sodium thiosuiphate solution and shaken. At the same time, the stop watch was started. The stop watch was stopped as soon as the `X' sign was no longer visible. The same steps of the experiment were repeated for sodium thiosuiphate solution which was heated to 35°C, 40°C and 50°C. Figure 1 shows the readings of the stop watch for each of the reaction at different temperatures.
Diagram 1 (a) Record the time for each reaction in the spaces provided in Diagram 1.
1 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) Construct a table and record temperature, time, and time
1 for this experiment.
(c) (i) Draw a graph of temperature against time
1 on the graph paper.
(ii) Based on the graph in (c)(i), state the relationship between the rate of reaction and
temperature. ………………………………………………………………………………………….. (d) Predict the time taken as soon as the sign `X' to be no longer visible if this experiment is
repeated at 55°C. …………………………………………………………………………………………… (e) (i) State the variable involved in this experiment. Manipulated variable ………………………………………………………………………………………….
Responding variable …………………………………………………………………………………………. Constant variable …………………………………………………………………………………………
2 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) State how you would manipulate one variable while keeping the other variables constant. ………………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. (f) State the hypothesis for this experiment. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. (g) From the above experiment, the student found a relationship between temperature and rate of
reaction. The same situation can be applied in our daily lives, for example, keeping food that is easily spoiled in the refrigerator.
Using your knowledge of chemistry, state the relationship between temperature and the rate at
which food turns bad. ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………………………………………
3 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
ANSWER Paper 3 : RATE OF REACTION 1 (a) Time, t1 55 s at the temperature of 30° C. Time, t2 48 a at the temperature of 35° C. Time, t3 42 a at the temperature of 40° C. Time. t4 37 s at the temperature of 45° C. Time, t5 33 a at the temperature of 50° C. (b)
(1) Graph of temperature against time
1
4 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) The rate of reaction increases with the increase in temperature.
(di From the graph, when temperature = 55 °C, time
1 = 0.033 s-1
Time = 30.3 s (h) (i) Manipulated variable: Temperature of sodium thiosulphate solution. Responding variable: Rate of reaction between sodium thiosuiphate and hydrochloric acid. Constant variable: Concentration and volume of sodium thiosulphate solution and hydrochloric acid. (ii) Temperature is the manipulated variable. Heating sodium thiosulphate with several different temperatures by remaining the
concentration and volume of sodium thiosulphate solution and hydrochloric acid constant helps maintain the responding variable.
(i) The higher the temperature, the higher the rate of reaction is. (g) The lower the temperature, the lower the rate of food turns bad.
5 | P a g e @ R A T E O F R E A C T I O N S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
1 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
CHAPTER: ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS SPM 2003 1 Which of the following is true of a weak acid?
A Unable to neutralise alkali B The pH value is more than 7. C Able to change red litmus paper to blue. D Ionizes partially in water to produced hydrogen ions.
2 What are the products of the reaction between ethanoic acid and sodium carbonate?
I Water II Ethyl ethanoate III Carbon dioxide IV Sodium ethanoate
A I and III only B II and IV only C I, II, and III only D I, II, and IV only 3 Which pair of substances represented by the following formulae would result in a
reaction? I HCI(aq) + KOH(aq) II HNO3(aq) + NaNO3(aq) III H2SO4(aq) + CuSO4(aq) IV CH3COOH(aq) + NaOH(aq) A I and IV only B II and III only C I, II, and IV only D I, II, III, and IV
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 The information about two solutions is as follows:
Concentration of barium hydroxide solution = 0.5 mol dm-3 Concentration of ammonia aqueous = 0.5 mol dm-3
Which of the following statements are true based on the information?
I Aqueous ammonia is a weaker alkali than barium hydroxide solution. II The pH value of barium hydroxide solution higher than aqueous ammonia. III The degree of dissociation of barium hydroxide in water is higher than
ammonia. IV The concentration of OH- ions in barium hydroxide solution is higher than in
aqueous ammonia. A I and III only B III and IV only C I, II, and III only D I, II, III, and IV
XCO3 XO + CO25 The equation above shows the action of heat on the carbonate salt of metal X. How many moles of XCO3 are needed to produced 4.0 g of oxide X? [Relative atomic mass: C, 12; O, 16; X, 64]
A 0.03 B 0.05 C 0.08 D 0.09
6 Sulphuric acid used as an electrolyte in a car battery has a concentration of
0.5 mol dm-3. How many moles of sulphuric acid is there in 100 cm3?
A 0.025 B 0.05 C 0.1 D 0.5
2 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
7 Figure 10 shows the set-up of apparatus for the titration of potassium hydroxide solution with sulphuric acid.
Sulphuric acid 0.1 mol dm-3
3 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
Figure 10
20 cm3 of potassium hydroxide solution 0.1 mol dm-3 and phenolphthalein as an indicator
What is the total volume of the mixture in the conical flask at the end point of the titration in Figure 10?
A 10 cm3 B 20 cm3 C 30 cm3 D 40 cm3
8 Which of the following is true about acids?
A Acids react with metal to produce salt and water B Acids react with alkali to produce salt and hydrogen gas C Acids react with metal oxide to produce salt, water, and hydrogen gas D Acids react with carbonate of metal to produce salt, water, and carbon dioxide
gas
9 The following equation represents a neutralization reaction. Acid + Base Salt + Water Which pairs are reactants in neutralization reactions?
I Sulphurix acid + Sodium hydroxide II Hydrochloric acid + Solid copper(II) oxide III Sulphuric acid + Solid calcium carbonate IV Hydrochloric acid + Potassium carbonate solution
A I and II only B I and IV only C II and III only D III and IV only
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
10 Which of the following ions form a white precipitate that dissolves in excess sodium hydroxide solution?
I Al3+ II Mg2+ III Pb2+ IV Zn2+
A I and II only B II and IV only C I, II and III only D I, III and IV only
11 The equation shows the reaction between sulphuric acid and sodium hydroxide?
H2SO4 + 2NaOH Na2SO4 + 2H2O
What is the volume of 1.0 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide solution which can neutralize
25.0 cm3 of 1.0 mol -3 sulphuric acid?
A 12.5 cm3 B 25.0 cm3 C 50.0 cm3 D 75.0 cm3
12 3.2 g of cooper(II) oxide powder is reacted with excess dilute nitric acid.
What is the mass of cooper(II) nitrate formed in the reaction? Use the information that the relative atomic mass of N = 14, O = 16 and Cu = 64. A 3.76 g B 4.96 g C 5.04 g D 7.52 g
SPM 2005
1 Which of the following is true about an alkali?
A An alkali is not corrosive B An alkali is a base that is soluble in water C A strong alkali has a low pH value D A weak alkali has a high degree of ionization
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 Glacial ethanoic acid is put into four test tubes A,B, C and D. In which test does a reaction occur?
3 The diagram shows the set up of apparatus for the reaction between calcium carbonate
and ethanoic acid in two different solvents.
Which of the following statements are true about the observation in beakers X and Y?
I Water ionizes ethanoic acid in beaker X II Benzene ionizes ethanoic acid in beaker Y III Water reacts with calcium carbonate in beaker X IV Ethanoic acid remains as molecules in beaker Y
A I and II only B I and IV only C II and III only D III and IV only
5 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 0.12 g of magnesium reacts with excess hydrochloric acid to produced hydrogen gas. Given that the relative molecular mass of H=1, Mg=24, Cl=35.5 and 1 mol of gas occupies 24 dm3at room temperature pressure.
Which of the following is true about the reaction?
I Mg + 2H+ Mg2+ +H2 II Volume of gas released is 120 cm3 III Mass of the salt formed is 0.30g IV This is a redox reaction
A I and II only B I and III only C I, II and IV only D II, III and IV only
SPM 2006
1 Which of the following set ups of apparatus is correct to prepare hydrogen gas?
2 Which of the following substances is acidic?
A Ammonia B Potassium oxide C Carbon dioxide D Sodium hydroxide
6 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 Diagram 1 shows the set up of the apparatus for the reaction between an acid and a
metal.
Which of the following is not metal X?
A Stanum B Copper C Lead D Magnesium
4 Diagram 9 shows the set up of the apparatus of an experiment.
Diagram 9
What is the process shown in Diagram 9? A Preparation of insoluble salt B Preparation of soluble salt C Purification of insoluble salt D Purification of soluble salt
5 A dibase acid, H2J has the concentration of 0.5 mol dm-3 Letter J is not the actual symbol of the element. What is the volume of potassium
hydroxide, KOH, 1.0 mol dm-3 that can neutralize 25.0cm3 of the H2J acid solution?
A 6.25 cm3 B 12.50 cm3 C 25.00 cm3 D 50.00 cm3
7 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
8 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
6 You are asked by your teacher to verify the cation and anion in a sample of ammonium chloride salt solution. What substance can you use to verify the cation and anion?
Cation Anion
A Nessler reagent Dilute nitric acid and silver nitrate B Nessler reagent Dilute hydrochloric acid and barium chloride C Potassium thiocyanate Dilute nitric and silver nitrate D Potassium thiocyanate Dilute hydrochloric acid and barium chloride
SPM 2007
1 Which of the following statements correctly describe a strong acid?
I Has a high pH value II Ionizes completely in water III Has a high concentration of hydrogen ions IV Exists as molecules in water
A I and II B II and III C I and IV D III and IV
2 Which of the following statements is true about all bases?
A React with acids B Dissolve in water C Contain hydroxide ions D Have alkaline properties
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 Which of the following shows the process of dissociation in strong alkali when it is added to water? The letters X and Y are not the actual symbol of the elements
9 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
4 The following equation shows the decomposition reaction of copper(II) carbonate
when heated at room temperature and pressure.
CuCO3 CuO + CO2
Which of the following is not true when 1 mol of copper (II) carbonate is decomposed?
[Relative atomic mass: C=12, O=16, Cu=64 and 1 mol of gas occupies the volume of 24 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.] A 1 mol of copper(II) oxide is formed B 1 molecule of carbon dioxide gas is given off C 80 g copper(II) oxide is formed D 24 dm3 of carbon dioxide gas is given off
5 A student is stung by an insect with an alkaline sting. Which of the following substances is the most suitable to be applied to the part stung to treat the student? A Vinegar B Ethanol C Tooth paste D Cooking oil
H X H X
H X H X
H X H X
H X H X
Y OH
A B C D
H+ X- X-
H+ H+
H+ X- X-
H X X- H+
X- X H+ H
Y+ OH- Y+ Y OH
OH-
Y+ Y+ Y OH Y OH OH- OH-
OH- Y+ Y OH Y OH Y OH
Y+ Y OH Y OH
OH- Y OH
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6 Diagram 13 shows the neutralization reaction between a strong acid and a strong alkali.
Diagram 13
What is the volume of the alkali needed to produced 1·4625 g of salt? [Relative atomic mass: Na=23, Cl=35·5, H=1, O=16] A 0·005 cm3 B 0·025 cm3 C 5·000 cm3 D 25·000 cm3
SPM 2008 1. Table 1 shows the pH values of four acidic solution which have same concentration.
Solution pH value
K 1.0
L 3.0
M 5.0
N 6.0
Table 1
Which acidic solution has the highest degree of dissociation ? A K B L C M D N
2. Alkali Y of concentration 1 mol dm-3 has a pH of 13. Which statement is true about alkali Y ? A Slighty soluble in water B Reacts only with a weak acid C The degree of ionization in water is high D Has a low concentration of hydroxide ion
10 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
11 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
3. A patient complained of a pain due to an excess of acid in the stomach. Which substance will help to relieve the pain ? A Ammonia B Ethanoic acid C Sodium chloride D Magnesium hydroxide
4. The molarity of a solution of sulphuric acid is 2.0 mol dm-3.
What is the concentration of the acid in g dm-3 [relative atomic mass : H = 1, O = 16, S = 32] A 97 B 98 D 194 D 196
5. The following equation shows the reaction between copper(II) oxide and sulphuric acid. CuO + H2SO4 CuSO4 + H2O 6.0 g copper(II) oxide is added to 50.0 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid. What is the mass of copper(II) oxide left at the end of the reaction ? A 0.3 g B 2.0 g C 2.8 g D 4.0 g
6. 50.0 cm3 of 0.4 mol dm-3 potassium hydroxide solution, KOH, is titrated with sulphuric acid, H2SO4. What volume of 1.0 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid is needed to neutralise the potassium hydroxide solution ? A 10.0 cm3 B 20.0 cm3 C 40.0 cm3 D 50.0 cm3
SPM 2009 1. Which of the following particles in a solution of hydrogen chloride is responsible for its
acidity properties ? A H+ B OH- C Cl- D HCl
2. Which of the following substances ionise completely in water ? I Ammonia II Nitric Acid III Ethanoic Acid IV Sodium Hydroxide A I and II B I and III C II and IV D III and IV
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
12 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
3. Table 2 shows the degree of dissociation of four solutions of alkalis which have the same concentration.
Solution Degree of dissociation
W High
X Medium
Y Very high
Z Low
Table 2
Which solution has the highest pH value ? A W B X C Y D Z 4. Which of the following is a use of neutralisation in daily lives ?
A Vinegar cures bee stings B Limestone treats acidic soil C Baking powder cures wasp stings D Methanoic acid prevents coagulation of latex
SPM 2010 1. 0.1 mol dm-3 solution of X has a pH value of1 3.
which statement is correct about the solution ? A X is a weak acid B X is a strong alkali C X dissociates partially in water D X has a high concentration of hydrogen ions
2. Which of the following is not a chemical poperty of acids ? A Reacts with carbonate to produce salt, water and carbon dioxide B Reacts with reactive metal to produce salt and hydrogen C Reacts with metal oxide to produce salt and water D Reacts with alkali to produce salt and hydrogen
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
3. A farmer found that his soil to acidic fr some lants to grow well. Wich substance is suitable to reduce the acidity of the soil ? A Barium chloride B Calcium oxide C Sodium nitrate D Potassium iodide
4. The following equation represent the neutralisation reaction between barium hydroxide, Ba(OH)2 and hydrochloric acid, HCl. Ba(OH)2 + 2HCl BaCl2 + 2H2O What is the volume of 0.5 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid needed to neutralise 25 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm-3 barium hydroxide ? A 2.5 cm3 B 5.0 cm3 C 10.0 cm3 D 12.5 cm3
5. Table 5 shows the observation in three tests on solution X
Test Observation
I Add sodium hydroxide solution until in excess
White precipitate which dissolves in excess sodium hydroxide solution
II Add ammonia solution until excess White precipitate which dissolves in excess ammonia solution
III Add 2 cm3 of dilute nitric acid and a few drops of silver nitrate solution
White precipitate formed
What is X ?
A Zinc chloride B Zinc sulphate C Aluminium chloride D Aluminium Sulphate
6. Which equations represent double decomposition reactions that form a precipitate ?
I CaSO4 + Na2CO3 CuCO3 + Na2SO4 II CuSO4 + Mg(NO3)2 Cu(NO3)2 + MgSO4 III AgNO3 + NaCl AgCl + NaNO3 IV ZnCl2 + Na2SO4 Na2SO4 + 2NaCl A I and II B I and III C II and IV D III and IV
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM QUESTIONS 1 (a) A farmer discovered that his vegetables were not growing well because the soil was poor
and acidic. As a chemistry student, you help the farmer.
Suggest how the farmer can overcome the problem. [2 marks]
(b) Figure 7 shows an incomplete flow chart of cation and anion tests for salt X.
Anion test Cation test
Salt X
Pb2+ CO32-
Figure 7
Use the reagents listed below and complete the flow chart to confirm that salt X contains Pb2+ ions and CO3
2- ions. Include your observations.
REAGENTS Dilute hydrochloric acid, dilute nitric acid, and lime water
[8 marks]
(c) You are required to prepare dry magnesium chloride salt. The chemicals supplied are • magnesium sulphate solutions, • dilute hydrochloric acid, • potassium carbonate solution. Describe a laboratory experiment to prepare the salt. In your description, include the chemical equation involved. [10 marks]
1 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2004 1 Table 5 shows Experiments I and II in the preparation of a salt.
Experiment Method I
II
(a) State one observation in Experiment I. [1 mark] (b) Based on Experiment II:
(i) State the reason why copper(II) oxide powder is added in excess.
[1 mark]
(ii) State how the excess copper(II) oxide powder can be separated from the products.
[1 mark]
(iii) State the chemical equation for the reaction that takes place in Experiment II. [1 mark]
(iv) Calculate the maximum mass of the salt formed. Use the information that the relative atomic of O = 16, S = 32 and Cu = 64.
[2 marks]
2 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(c) Experiment I is repeated. Sulphuric acid is replaced by hydrochloric acid of the same concentration. Predict the volume of hydrochloric acid required for a complete reaction.
[1 mark] (d) There are several steps in the preparation of the salts in each of the Experiments I and
II. State one difference in the steps between the two experiments.
Experiment I Experiment II
[1 mark] (e) (i) State the type of reaction in the preparation of salts in experiments I and II. [1 mark]
(ii) State one type of reaction used in the preparation of salt other than that in (e)(i).
[1 mark]
SPM 2005 1 Table 4 shows the positive and negative ions three salt solutions.
Name of Salt Positive Ion Negative Ion Copper(II ) sulphate Cu2+ SO4
2- Sodium sulphate Na+ SO4
2- Lead(II) nitrate Pb2+ NO3
-
Table 4 Use the information in Table 4 to answer the following questions. (c) What is another name for a positively charged ion?
[1 mark]
(d) Name the ions in copper(II) sulphate solution.
[1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(e) Write the formula for sodium sulphate.
[1 mark]
(f) When 10cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sodium sulphate solution is added to excess lead(II) nitrate solution, a while precipitate is formed. (i) Write the chemical equation for the reaction.
[2 marks]
(ii) Describe the chemical equation in (d)(i).
[1 mark]
(iii) Name the white precipitate.
[1 mark]
(iv) Calculate the number of mole of sodium sulphate in the solution. Use the formula: Number of mole = Volume X Concentration
[1 mark] (v) Calculate the mass of precipitate formed. Given that the relative atomic mass of O=16, S=32, Pb=207. Use the formula: Mass=Number of mole X Relative molecular mass [2 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6 (a) The following information is about hydrochloric acid and etanoic acid.
Explain why these two solutions have different pH values. [4 marks] (b) Figure 8.1 shows two reagent bottles each containing an aqueous solution.
Figure 8.1
Qualitative analysis can be used to determine the presence of cations and anions in solutions.
Describe chemical test that can be used to verify the ions in each solution. [10 marks]
5 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(c) A pupil carried out an experiment to investigate the chemical changes that occur to
copper (II) chloride as a result of reaction P. The result of the experiment is shown in Figure 8.2
• The pH of 1 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid solution is 1 • The pH of 1 mol dm-3 ethanoic acid solution is 4
Sodium chloride soluion
Figure 8.2
(i) The chemical equation for reaction P is as follows:
CuCl2 + Na2CO3 2NaCl + CuCO3
Excess sodium carbonate is added to 50 cm3 of mol dm-3 copper(II) chloride. Given that the relative molecular mass of CuCO3= 124.
Calculate the mass of copper(II) carbonate precipitate formed.
[2 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) Name solid X and state its colour. [2 marks] (iii) Name gas Y and describe a method to verify its identity. [2 marks]
SPM 2006 1 (a) 8 g of solid hydroxide, NaOH, is dissolved in distilled water to produced a solution of
1000 cm3. The NaOH solution produced has the concentration of 8 g dm-3 and molarity of 0.2 mol dm-3. (i) State the meaning of the concentration for the solution produced.
[1 mark] (ii) State the meaning of the molarity for the solution produced. [1 mark]
(iii) Write the formula that represents the relationship between the number of
mole (n), molarity (M) and volume (V) for the solution.
[1 mark]
(iv) Substitute the actual values of the number of mole, molarity and volume of the NaOH solution into the formula in 4(a)(iii).
[Relative molecular mass of NaOH =40]
[1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) Diagram 4.1 shows the preparation of the standard solution of NaOH, 0.2 mol dm-3.
(i) What are the two parameters that should be measured accurately to prepare the standard
solution of NaOH? Parameter I : Parameter II :
[2 marks]
7 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
8 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) After all the NaOH solution is poured into the volumetric flask, the beaker and the filter funnel must be rinsed several times with distilled water.
After each rinse, all of this water is transferred into the volumetric flask. Give one reason for doing this.
[1 mark]
(iii) What step should be taken to ensure that the meniscus level of the standard solution is exactly in line with the graduation mark on the volumetric flask?
[1 mark]
(iv) A volumetric flask is more suitable to be used in the preparation of the standard solution rather than beaker.
Why?
[1 mark]
(v) Why is the volumetric flask stoppered after the standard solution is prepared?
[1 mark]
1 (a) The following are three examples of sulphate salts that can be prepared in the laboratory.
Potassium sulphate, K2SO4 Lead(II) sulphate, PbSO4 Zinc sulphate, ZnSO4
(i) From these examples, identify the soluble and insoluble salts. [2 marks]
(ii) State the reactants for the preparation of the insoluble salt in 7(a)(i). [2 marks]
(b) With the aid of a labelled diagram, explain the crystallisation method for preparing an insoluble salt from its saturated solution. [6 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
9 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(c) Table 7 shows the observations from some tests carried out on salt X.
Test Observation I : Heating of salt X solid
A metal oxide is formed and brown gas is given off
II : Salt X solution is mixed with excess
aqueous ammonia
A white precipitate which is insoluble in excess aqueous ammonia is formed.
Table 7
Based on the information in Table 7:
(i) Identify an anion is present in Test I and describe a chemical test to verify the anion. [4 marks]
(ii) Identify two cations that are present in Test II and describe a chemical test to
verify the cations. [6 marks]
2009
(a) In an experiment, 50 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm-3 of ethanoic acid, CH3COOH reacts completely with X g of sodium hydroxide, NaOH, and is dissolved in 100 cm3 of solution.
Calculate the value of X.
(b) Table 10 shows the results when zinc reacts with hydrogen chloride in solvent L and solvent M.
Substance Solvent Observation
Zinc + Hydrogen chloride L Bubbles of gas
Zinc + Hydrogen chloride M No bubble of gas
Table 10
Based on Table 10, suggest the name of solvent L and solvent M. Explain the observations. Write the equation for the reaction that occurs in solvent L.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
10 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
2011 4. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid. Table 4 shows two solutions of hydrochloric acid, P and Q,
of different concentrations.
Hydrochloric acid solution Concentration (mol dm-3)
P 0.100
Q 0.001
Table 4
a) State the meaning of an acid.
b) Why hydrochloric acid is a strong acid?
c) Solutions P and Q have different pH values.
i. Which solution gives a lower pH value?
ii. Given one reason for the answer in 4 (c)(i)
d) 25 cm3 of 0.1 mol dm-3 solution hydroxide solution is put in a conical flask. Then a
few drops of phenolphthalein are added. Thin solution is titrated with solution P.
i. State the type of reaction between sodium hydroxide solution and solution P.
ii. What is the colour change of the mixture at the end point?
iii. Write the chemical equation for the reaction.
iv. Calculate the volume of hydrochloric acid used.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Diagram 10 shows a flow chart when substance C is dissolved in two different solvent, water and solvent D, and the properties of solutions formed.
11 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
+ Solvent D + Water
Solution E
Can conduct electricity Change the colour of litmus paper
Solution F
Cannot conduct electricity Does not change the colour of litmus
Substance C
Diagram 10
i. Suggest substance C and solvent D.
ii. Explain the differences in properties between solution E and solution F.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2010 6. (a) Diagram 6 shows the apparatus set-up for the titration of 25.0 cm3 of
0.1 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide, NaOH solution with dilute hydrochloric acid, HCI, using phenolphthalein as an indicator.
Diagram 6
i. Name the type of reaction that occurs in the conical flask.
ii. Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction in 6 (a)(i)
iii. State the colour change of the solution in the conical flask when the end point of titration is reached.
iv. 20.0 cm3 of hydrochloric acid is needed to neutralise completely the sodium hydroxide solution in the conical flask. Calculate the molarity of the hydrochloric acid.
12 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13 | P a g e @ A C I D , B A S E S A N D S A L T S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(b) Table 6 shows the concentration and volume of two different types of strong acid, X and Y, which are used to neutralise 20.0 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 potassium hydroxide solution.
Acid X Y
Concentration 0.5 mol dm-3 0.5 mol dm-3
Volume V cm3 2V cm3
Table 6
Based on the information in Table 6, identify acid X and acid Y.
(c ) Sulphuric acid solution contains sulphate ion, SO42-.
Describe one confirmatory test for sulphate ion, SO42-.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
1 | P a g
PAPER 1.
2.
e @ R E D O
R 1
The diagramgas. (2005) Gambar rajahydrogen.
What is the mApakah oksi
A Zinc oxid Zink oksi
C Magnesiu Magnesiu
The diagramGambar raja
After one daSelepas satu
A Test tube Tabung u
C Test tube Tabung u
O X
m shows the s
ah menunjuk
metal X oxidida logam X
de ida
um oxide um oksida
m shows fourah menunjuk
ay, in which u hari, laruta
e 1 uji 1
e 3 uji 3
OXIDATIO
set up of the
kkan susunan
de? itu?
B Alumi A
D Lead P
r pairs of metkkan pasanga
test tube is than dalam tab
B Test tu Tabun
D Test tu Tabun
ON AND RE
apparatus fo
n radas bagi
inium oxideAluminium o
oxide Plumbum oks
tals in differean logam da
he solution bung uji yang
ube 2 ng uji 2
ube 4 ng uji
EDUCTION
or the reducti
penurunan o
ksida
sida
ent test tubeslam tabung u
blue? g manakah be
M O
N
ion of metal X
oksida logam
s. (2005) uji berlainan
erwarna biru
O D U L E J
X oxide by h
m X oleh gas
n.
u?
U J 2 0 1 2
hydrogen
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3. The diagram shows the mechanism of rust formation. (2005) Gambar rajah menunjukkan mekanisme pembentukan karat.
Which of the following statements is true about this mechanism? Antara pernyataan berikut yang manakah benar mengenai mekanisme ini?
A An iron atom releases two electrons to perform an iron(II) ion
Satu atom ferum membebaskan dua electron membentuk satu ion ferum(II)
B An iron(II) ion receives two electrons from an iron atom Satu ion ferum(II) menerima dua electron daripada satu atom ferum
C An oxygen molecule receives two electrons to form a hydroxide ion Satu molekul oksigen menerima dua electron untuk membentuk satu ion hidroksida
D Four hydroxide ions are formed when two water molecules receive four electrons Empat ion hidroksida terbentuk apabila dua molekul air menerima empat electron
4. When powder of metal P is heated with black metal Q oxide, the following
observation are made: (2005) Apabila serbuk logam P dipanaskan dengan oksida logam Q yang berwarna hitam, maklumat berikut diperoleh:
• A glow is seen / Suatu baraan terhasil • The residue produced is yellow when it is hot and white when it is cold
/ Baki yang terhasil berwarna kuning semasa panas dan putih semasa sejuk
Based on the information above, which statement is true? Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, pernyataan yang manakah benar?
A The powder of metal Q can displace P from its salt solution
Serbuk logam Q boleh menyesarkan P daripada larutan garamnya
B Metal Q oxide can react with a heated carbon powder Oksida logam Q boleh bertindak balas dengan serbuk karbon yan dipanaskan
C Metal P oxide can react with a heated iron powder Oksida logam P boleh bertindak balas dengan serbuk logam ferum yang dipanaskan
D The powder of metal P can react with a heated magnesium oxide powder Serbuk logam P boleh bertindak balas dengan serbuk magnesium oksida yang dipanaskan
2 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5. A redox reaction can be represented by the following equation. (2005) Suatu tindak balas redoks boleh diwakili oleh persamaan berikut.
X2(aq) + 2KBr(aq) 2KX(aq) + Br2(aq)
X2(ak) + 2KBr(ak) 2KX(ak) + Br2(aq)
Element X is in Group 17 in the Periodic Table of Elements. What can be observed if element X is replaced with iodine? Unsur X berada dalam Kumpulan 17 dalam Jadual Berkala Unsur. Apakah yang dapat diperhatikan jika unsure X digantikan denagn iodine?
A Brown gas is produced Gas perang terhasil
B Colourless solution is produced
Larutan jernih terhasil
C No change is observed Tiada perubahan dapat diperhatikan
D Brown colour of the iodine is decolourized Warna perang larutan iodine dinyahwarnakan
6. What is the oxidation number for oxygen in the thiosulphate ion, S2O3
2-? (2006) Apakah nombor pengoksidaan oksigen dalam ion tiosulfat S2O3
2-?
A -3
B -2
C +2
D +3
3 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
7. Diagram 3 shows the rusting process of iron. (2006) Rajah 3 menunjukkan proses pengaratan besi.
Diagram 3 Rajah 3
Which of the following equations occurs at the cathode? Antara persamaan berikut, yang manakah berlaku di katod?
A Fe Fe2+ + 2e-
B Fe2+ + 2e- Fe
C O2 + 2H2O + 4e- 4OH-
D 4OH- O2 + 2H2O + 4e-
8. What is the oxidation number of oxygen in oxygen gas, O2? (2007) Apakah nombor pengoksidaan oksigen dalam gas oksigen, O2?
A -2
B -1
C 0
D +1 9. What is the position of hydrogen in the reactivity series of metals? (2007) Di manakah kedudukan hidrogen dalam siri kereaktifan logam?
A Between zinc and iron Antara zink dan ferum
B Between aluminium and zinc Antara aluminium dan zink
C Between lead and copper Antara plumbum dan kuprum
D Between iron and lead Antara ferum dan plumbum
4 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5 | P a g
10.
11.
12.
e @ R E D O
Which of theAntara yang
A Carbon d Karbon d
B A bromin Satu atom
C A chlorin Satu mole
D A sodium Satu atom n The followinPersamaan m
C +
Which statem.Pernyataan
A Zinc oxid Zink oksi
B Carbon is Karbon i
C The oxid Nombor p
D The oxid Nombor p
Diagram 5 spotassium mRajah 5 menmanganat(V
O X
e following ig berikut, yan
dioxide loses dioksida keh
ne atom gainm bromine m
ne molecule gekul klorin m
m atom loses natrium kehi
ng equation smenunjukkan
2ZnO
ment is true n manakah ya
de is oxidisedida dioksidak
s the reducinalah agen pe
ation numbepengoksidaa
ation numbepengoksidaa
shows the appmanganate(VInunjukkan suVII) dengan la
is an oxidationg manakah p
oxygen hilangan oksi
s an electronmenerima satu
gains hydrogmenerima hid
an electronilangan satu
shows the ren tindak bala
CO2 + 2Zn
about this reang benar m
d to zinc kan kepada z
ng agent enurunan
er of carbon ian bagi karbo
er of oxygen an bagi oksig
paratus set-uII) with iron
usunan radasarutan ferum
Di R
on process? (proses pengo
igen
n u elektron
gen drogen
electron
action betweas antara kar
n
eaction? engenai tind
zink
is decreaseson berkurang
increases gen bertamba
up used to inv(II) sulphate s untuk mengm(II) sulfat.
iagram 5 Rajah 5
(2008) oksidaan?
een carbon anrbon dan zin
dak balas ini?
g
ah
vestigate thesolution. (20
gkaji tindak b
M O
nd zinc oxidnk oksida.
?
reaction of a008) bals antara k
O D U L E J
e. (2008)
acidified
kalium
U J 2 0 1 2 http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Which of the following is the colour change of the two solutions? Antara yang berikut, yang manakah perubahan warna bagi kedua-dua larutan itu?
Iron(II) sulphate solution Larutan ferun(II) sulfat
Acidified potassium manganat(VII) Kalium manganat(VII) berasid
Green to brown Hijau kepada perang
Purple to colourless Ungu kepada tidak berwarna
Brown to green Perang kepada hijau
Purple to colourless Ungu kepada tidak berwarna
Brown to green Perang kepada hijau
Orange to green Jingga kepada hijau
Green to brown Hijau kepada perang
Orange to green Jingga kepada hijau
13. Which of the following is an oxidising agent? (2009) Antara yang berikut, yang manakah agen pengoksidaan?
A Chlorine Klorin
B Sulphur dioxide Sulphur dioksida
C Hydrogen sulphide
Hydrogen sulfida
D Potassium bromide Kalium bromida 14. Which substance can be used to convert Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions? (2009) Bahan manakah yang boleh digunakan untuk menukar ion Fe2+ kepada ion Fe3+ ?
A Magnesium Magnesium
B Sulphur dioxide gas Gas sulphur dioksida
C Potassium manganate(VII) solution Larutan kalium manganat(VII)
D Acidified potassium dichromate(VII) solution Larutan kalium dikromat(VII) berasid
6 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15. What is the oxidation number of chromium in K2CrO4? (2009) Apakah nombor pengoksidaan bagi kromium dalam K2CrO4?
A +6 B +3
C +2 D +1 PAPER 2 [SPM 2003/ 5]
Bahagian A Diagram 5 shows the set-up of apparatus to investigate the reactions that take place in test tube P and test Q Rajah 5 menunjukkan susunan radas bagi mengkaji tindak balas yang berlaku di dalam tabung uji P dan tabung uji Q.
Diagram 5 Rajah 5
(a) State the observation for the reaction Nyatakan pemerhatian bagi tindak balas yang berlaku
(i) In test tube P. dalam tabung uji P.
…………………………………………………………………………. [ 1 markah ]
(ii) in test tube Q dalam tabung uji Q. ……………………………………………………………………
[ 1 markah ]
7 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) Write the ionic equation for the reaction in (a)(i). Tuliskan persamaan ion bagi tindak balas dalam (a)(i). ……………………………………………………………………………..
[ 1 markah ]
(c ) State what is meant by oxidizing agent in terms of electron transfer Nyatakan maksud agen pengoksidaan dari segi pemindahan electron.
…………………………………………………………………………….. [ 1markah ]
(d ) Referring to the reaction that takes place in test tube P. Merujuk kepada tindak balas yang berlaku di dalam tabung uji P,
(i) What is the change in the oxidation number of magnesium? apakah perubahan nombor pengoksidaan bagi magnesium ?
……………………………………………………………………….. [ 1 markah ]
(ii) name oxidizing agent. namakan agen pengoksidaannya. ……………………………………………………………………
[ 1 markah ]
(e) Reffering to the reaction that takes place in test tube Q, Merujuk kepada tindak balas yang berlaku dalam tabung uji Q,
(i) State the type of reaction that occurs. nyatakan jenis tindak balas yang berlaku.
……………………………………………………………………
[ 1 markah ]
(ii) state the oxidation number of bromine in bromine water nyatakan nombor pengoksidaan bromine dalam air bromine. …………………………………………………………………….
[ 1 markah ]
(iii) what is the function of bromine water? apakah fungsi air bromine ? ……………………………………………………………………
[ 1 markah ]
8 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iv) name another reagent that can replace bromine water. namakan satu bahan uji lain yang boleh menggantikan air bromine …………………………………………………………………..
[ 1 markah ]
[SPM 2007/6]
6. Iron is a metal that rusts easily. Besi adalah sejenis logam yang mudah berkarat
(a) (i) State the conditions for the rusting of iron. Nyatakan syarat untuk pengaratan besi.
[1 mark] (ii) Draw a labeled diagram to show how the conditions of iron involve in the ionization of iron and the flow of electron.
Lukis satu gambar rajah berlabel untuk menunjukkan bagaimana syarat untuk pengaratan besi keadaan melibatkan pengionan besi dan pengaliran electron.
[3 marks]
(b) (i) Describe the reactions that take place at the edge of water droplet (positive terminal) during the rusting of iron after the Fe2+ and OH- ions are formed.
Huraikan tindakbalas yang berlaku di pinggir titisan air (terminal positif) semasa pengaratan besi setelah ion Fe 2+ dan ion OH – terbentuk.
[3 marks] (ii) State the change in the oxidation number of iron in 6(b)(i). Nyatakan perubahan nombor pengoksidaan besi dalam 6(b)(i).
[1 mark]
9 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) Diagram 6 shows the use of zinc plates on an iron ship to prevent rusting.
Rajah 6 menunjukka penggunaan kepingan zink pada sebuah kapal besi untuk mengelakkan pengaratan.
DIAGRAM 6
RAJAH 6
(i) Explain how the zinc plates protect the iron ship from rusting. Terangkan bagaimana kepingan zink itu melindungi kapal besi itu daripada berkarat.
[2 marks] (ii) Write the half equation for the reaction in 6(c)(i). Tulis setengah persamaan untuk tindak balas di 6(c )(i). [ 1 marks]
10 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Section C [SPM 2004/4]
(a) Explain what is meant by redox reaction using a chemical equation. Terangkan maksud tindak balas redoks dengan menggunakan
satu persamaan kimia. [2 marks]
(b) Table 4 shows the result of two experiments to study the effects of metals P
and Q on the rusting of iron. Jadual 4 menunjukkan keputusan bagi dua eksperimen untuk mengkaji kesan logam P dan logam Q terhadap pengaratan besi.
Table 4 Jadual 4
(i) Explain why there is a difference in observations in Experiments I and II .
Terangkan mengapa terdapat perbezaan pemerhatian dalam eksperimen I dan eksperimen II.
(ii) Arrange in descending order metals P, iron and Q based on the electropositivity of the metals. Susunkan secara menurun logam P, besi dan logam Q berdasarkan sifat keelektropositifan logam.
[8 marks]
11 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) You are provided with strips of metals W, X, Y and Z and their salt solutions. Describe how you would show that the order of these metals in the electrochemical series is W, X, Y and Z in descending order of electropositivity.
Your explanation should include observations and conclusions. Anda dibekalkan dengan kepingan logam W, logam X, logam Y dan logam Z serta larutan garam masing-masing. Huraikan bagaimana anda dapat menunjukkan susunan logam itu dalam siri elektrokimia berdasarkan sifat keelektropositifan secara menurun ialah W, X, Y dan Z. Huraian anda perlulah mengandungi pemerhatian dan kesimpulan.
[10 marks]
[SPM 2005/9] (a) You have an iron key that rusts easily State how you would solve this problem using an electrolysis process Anda mempunyai kunci besi yang mudah berkarat. Nyatakan bagaimana anda menyelesaikan masalah itu menggunakan Proses elektrolisis. ( 4 marks) (b) Electrolysis is carried out on a dilute sodium chloride solution using carbon electrodes. Explain how this electrolysis occurs. Use a labelled diagram to explain your answer Elektrolisis dijalankan ke atas larutan natrium klorida cair menggunakan elektrod karbon. Terangkan bagaimana elektrolisis itu berlaku. Gunakan gambar rajah berlabel untuk menjelaskan jawapan anda. ( 6 marks)
(c) Aluminium is placed above zinc in the electrochemical series . Aluminium and zinc can be used to build a chemical cell, using suitable apparatus and the following chemicals ;
Aluminium sulphate solution Zinc sulphate solution Sulphuric acid solution
Describe how you build this chemical cell. Include a labelled diagram in your answer.
On your diagram, mark the direction of the electron flow, the positive terminal and the negative terminal
Aluminium terletak di atas zink dalam siri elektrokimia.
Aluminium dan zink boleh digunakan untuk membina satu sel kimia dengan menggunakan radas yang sesuai dan bahan kimia berikut:
Larutan aluminium sulfat Larutan zink sulfat Larutan asid sulfurik
Huraikan bagaimana anda membina sel kimia ini. Sertakan gambar rajah berlabel dalam jawapan anda. Pada gambar rajah anda tandakan arah pengaliran electron, terminal positif dan terminal negatif. [10 marks] [SPM 2006/7]
12 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(a) The following are the formulae of two compounds. Berikut adalah formula bagi dua sebatian.
Al2O3 Cu2O
(i) Based on the two formulae, state the oxidation number for aluminium and copper.
Berdasarkan dua formula itu, nyatakan nombor pengoksidaan bagi aluminium dan kuprum. [2 marks]
(ii) Name both the compounds based on the IUPAC nomenclature system. Namakan kedua-dua sebatian itu mengikut system tatanama IUPAC. [2 marks] (iii) Explain the difference between the names of the two compounds based
on the IUPAC nomenclature system. Jelaskan perbezaan antara nama kedua-dua sebatian itu mengikut system tatanama IUPAC.
[2 marks]
(b) Diagram 7 shows the set up of the apparatus for an experiment to investigate electron transfer through a solution.
Rajah 7 menunjukkan susunan radas bagi satu eksperimen untuk mengkaji pemindahan electron melalui satu larutan.
DIAGRAM 7
RAJAH 7
(i) Name the oxidation agent in the experiment. Namakan agen pengoksidaan dalam eksperimen itu. [1 mark] (ii) Write the half equations for the reactions that occur at the negative
and positive terminals. Tulis setengah persamaan bagi tindakbalas yang berlaku di terminal negatif dan terminal positif. [5 marks]
13 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii) Based on your answer on 7(b)(ii), describe the oxidation and reduction process in terms of the electron transfer that occurs at the negative and positive terminals.
State also the changes that can be observed after 10 minutes. Berdasarkan jawapan anda di 7(b)(ii), huraikan proses pengoksidaan dan penurunan dari segi pemindahan electron yang berlaku di terminal negatif dan terminal positif.
Nyatakan juga perubahan yang dapat diperhatikan selepas 10 minit. [8 marks] [SPM 2008/9]
(a) A metal M reacts with oxygen to form an oxide. The oxide is very soluble in water to produce an alkaline solution. Suggest the identity of metal M and describe an observation when the metal you have named reacts with oxygen. Write the half-equations for oxidation and reduction for the reaction.
Logam M bertindak balas dengan oksigen untuk membentuk oksida. Oksida itu sangat larut dalam air untuk menghasilkan larutan beralkali. Cadangkan identity logam M dan huraikan satu pemerhatian apabila logam yang anda namakan itu bertindak balas dengan oksigen. Tulis setengah persamaan untuk tindak balas pengoksidaan dan penurunan yang berlaku.
[4 marks] [4 markah]
(b) Diagram 9 shows an apparatus set-up to investigate the effect of two different metals, X and Y on the rusting of iron, Fe. Radas 9 menunjukkan susunan radas untuk mengkaji kesan dua logam, X dan Y yang berlainan ke atas pengaratan besi, Fe.
The result of this experiment after three days is shown in Table 9. Keputusan eksperimen ini selepas tiga hari ditunjukkan dalam Jadual 9.
Pairs of metals
Pasangan logam Observation Pemerhatian
Fe, X
Dark blue colour Warna biru tua
Fe, Y No change Tiada perubahan
Table 9 Jadual 9
14 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15 | P a g
[SPM 2
g e @ R E D
BaseGiveBerdBeri
(b) IronbackhaloconvDes
Ion fsemDenyangandaHur
009/9]
(a) DiagchloRajalaru
Basethis PredfolloBerdsesuRamaspe
O X
ed on the Tae two reasondasarkan Jadi dua sebab u
n(II) ions cank to iron(II) iogen as an oxversions. cribe a test to
ferum(II) boula kepada i
ngan menggug dinamakana boleh mela
raikan satu uj
gram 9 showoride solutionah 9 menunjuutan ferum(II
ed on the obexperiment.
dict the ion powing aspectdasarkan pemuai untuk digmalkan ion yaek-aspek ber
able 9, suggesns for each ofdual 9, cadauntuk setiap
n be converteions. By usinxidising agen
o show that e
oleh ditukar kion ferum(II)unakan logamn sebagai ageakukan keduaujian untuk m
ws the apparan and a metaukkan radas II) klorida da
servation sho
present in thets: merhatian ya
gunakan dalaang hadir darikut:
st the identitf your choicengkan identipilihan anda
ed to iron(IIIng a named mnt, describe b
each convers
kepada ion fe). m yang dinamen pengoksida-dua penuka
menunjukkan
atus and obsel. dan pemerh
an sekeping l
own in Diagr
e green soluti
ang ditunjukkam eksperimealam larutan
y of metals, es. ity logam, X a.
I) ions and irmetal as a redbriefly how y
sion has take
ferum(III) dan
makan sebagdaan, huraikaran itu. setiap penuk
ervation for a
atian bagi salogam.
ram 9, sugge
ion and expla
kkan dalam Ren ini. hijau itu dan
M O
X and Y.
dan Y.
ron(III) ions ducing agentyou would ca
en place.
n ion ferum(I
gai agen penukan dengan ri
karan itu tela
a redox react
atu tindak ba
est a suitable
ain the answ
Rajah 9, cada
n jelaskan ja
O D U L E J
[6 marks] [6 markah]
can be convet and a namearry out these
(III) boleh dit
urunan dan hingkas bagai
ah berlaku.
[10 marks] [10 markah]
ion between
alas redoks a
metal to be
wer based on
angkan logam
awapan berda
U J 2 0 1 2
erted ed e two
tukar
halogen imana
]
iron(III)
antara
used in
the
m yang
asarkan
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
• The change in oxidation number for both the reactants Perubahan dalam nombor pengoksidaan bagi kedua-dua bahan tindak balas
• The type of reaction that has occurred to each reactant Jenis tindak balas yang berlaku pada setiap bahan tindak balas
• The role in each reactant in the redox reaction Peranan setiap bahan tindak balas dalam tindak balas redoks tersebut
• The half-equations involved in the redox reaction Setengah persamaan yang terlibat dalam tindak balas redoks tersebut
[10 marks] [10 markah]
Iodide ions are good reducing agent. Ion iodide adalah agen penurunan yang baik
(b) You are given the following apparatus: U-tube, galvanometer, connecting wires, stopper, dropper, carbon electrodes and retort stand with clamps. Suggest a suitable chemical and describe an experiment to verify the above statement using the given apparatus. Anda diberikan radas berikut: Tiub-U, galvanometer, wayar penyambung, penutup, penitis, elektrod karbon dan kaki retort dengan penyepit. Cadangkan bahan kimia yang sesuai dan huraikan satu eksperimen untuk mengesahkan pernyataan di atas dengan menggunakan radas yang diberi.
[10 marks] [10 markah]
16 | P a g e @ R E D O X M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
ANSWERS SCHEME PAPER 1 2005
1. D 6. B (2006) 11. B (2008) 2. D 7. C (2006) 12. A (2008) 3. A 8. C (2007) 13. A (2009) 4. B 9. A (2007) 14. D (2009) 5. C 10. D (2008) 15. A (2009)
SPM 2004, SECTION C ,QUESTION 4 4. a) Redox reaction is a reaction whereby oxidation and reduction occurred simultaneously in a chemical reaction . Example : Zn + Cu2+ Zn2+ + Cu Zinc donates electron, therefore zinc is oxidized while the coper(II) ion receives electrons therefore, copper(II) ion is reduced. The oxidation number of zinc increses- oxidation reaction. Oxidation number of copper(II) ion decreases- reduction reaction. b) (i) In experiment I, iron is oxidized into Fe2+ ions. Therefore, the metal P accelerates the oxidation or rusting of iron. Electrons flow from iron to P because iron is more electropositive than P. The blue spots show the presence of Fe2+ ions. In experiment II, metal Q oxidizes into Qn+ ions. Q will lose electrons. Q Qn+ + ne Metal Q is more electropositive than iron. Electrons flow from Q to iron. Water and oxygen also receives electron to form OH- ions. 2H2O + O2 + 4e 4OH- The pink spots show the presence of OH- ions. (ii) Q, iron, P c) Method: 1. Fill in four test tubes with the salt solution of metals W, X, Y and Z as respectively. 2. Polish or clean the metal strips with sandpaper. 3. Put metal W into ever test tube. 4. Leave for several minutes. 5. Repeat the steps above using metals X, Y and Z. 6. A more electropositive metal displaces a less electropositive one. Observation:
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Salt solution /Metal W X Y Z
W
X X
Y X X
Z X X X
Metal deposited X No deposit Observation for metal W: - There is metal deposition when metal W is immersed into the salt solution of
X, Y and Z. - Therefore, W is the most electropositive.
Observation for metal Z: - There is metal deposition when metal Z is immersed into salt solution of W,
X and Y. - Therefore, Z is the least electropositive.
Observation for metal X: - There is metal deposition when metal X is immersed into the salt solution of
Y and Z. - No metal deposition when metal X is immersed into the salt solution of W. - Therefore, X is more electropositive then Y and Z.
Observation for metal Y: - There is metal deposition when metal Y is immersed into the salt solution of
Z. - No metal deposition when metal Y is immersed into the salt solution of W
and X. - Therefore, Y is more electropositive than Z.
W > electropositive than X X > electropositive than Y Y > electropositive than Z Descending order: W, X, Y and Z
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2005, SECTION C, QUESTION 9 9. a) - The iron key can be electroplated with nickel by electrolysis. - Iron key acts as cathode whereas nickel acts as anode and nickel(II) sulphate solution is used as the eelectrolyte. b) - The set up of the apparatus for the electrolysis of dilute sodium chloride solution is shown below.
- The ions presence in the sodium chloride solution are Na+, Cl-, H+ and OH- ions. - When the switch is switched on, Na+ and H+ ions will be attracted to the cathode. - The H+ ion will be discharged to produce hydrogen gas because it is located at a lower position in the electrochemical series compared to Na+ ions. 2H+ + 2e H2 - The Cl- and OH- ions are attracted to anode. - The OH- ion will be discharged to produce oxygen gas because it is located at a lower position in the electrochemical series. 4OH- O2 + 2H2O + 4e c)
- Dilute sulphuric acid is filled into the U-tube as the salt bridge. - Aluminium sulphate solution is filled into one the arms of the U-tube and zinc sulphate solution is filled into another arm of the U-tube slowly drop by drop. - Aluminium plate and zinc plate are immersed respectively into aluminium sulphate and zinc sulphate solutions as shown in the figure. - The wire is connected to complete the circuit. The voltmeter reading is deflected.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2006, SECTION B QUESTION 7 7. (a) i. Oxidation number of Al = +3 Oxidation number of Cu = +1 ii Al2O3 – Aluminium oxide Cu2O - Copper(I) oxide iii The Roman Number is used in the nomenclature of copper(I) oxide because copper exhibit more than one stable oxidation number. Roman number is not necessary for aluminium oxide because aluminium only exhibit one stable oxidation number only. (b) i. Acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution, KMnO4.
ii At positive terminal: MnO4
- (aq) + 8H+ (aq) + 5e- Mn2+(aq) + 4H2O(l)
At negative terminal: Fe2+(aq) Fe3+(aq) + e-
iii At positive terminal, the MnO4- ions are reduced, whereby
the MnO4- ions receive electrons and reduced to Mn2+ ions.
The process whereby a substance receives electrons is called a reduction process. At negative terminal, Fe2+ ions are oxidized , whereby the Fe2+ ions donate electrons and oxidized to Fe3+ ions. The process whereby a substance donates electrons is called an oxidation process. After 10 minutes, it is observed that the purple colour intensity of acidic potassium manganate(VII) solution fades. this is because the MnO4
- ions that gives the purple colour to the solution is reduced to form the colourless Mn2+ ions. Meanwhile, at the negative terminal, the green colour of iron(II) sulphate solution changes to brown colour upon the conversion of Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions. SPM 2007, PAPER 2, SECTION A, QUESTION 6 6. (a) (i) Presence of water and air (ii)
(b) (i) The Fe2+ ions combined with the OH- ions to form iron(II) hydroxide. The iron(II) hydroxide is oxidized further to form hydrated iron(III) oxide, Fe2O3.xH2O. The hydrated iron(III) oxide is known as the rust. (ii) From +2 to +3
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) (i) Zinc is more electropositive than iron. Zinc atoms lose electron more easily than iron. Hence, the iron does not corrodes (ii) Zn (s) Zn2+(aq) + 2e-
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
CHAPTER 2: THE STRUCTURE OF THE ATOM
SPM QUESTIONS 2003 - 2010
OBJECTIVE QUESTION 1. Diagram 1 shows the symbol for a chlorine atom
37 Cl 17
Figure 1 Which of the following is true based on the symbol in Diagram 1?
Proton number Nucleon number Number of electrons
A 17 37 17
B 17 20 17
C 20 37 20
D 37 17 37 SPM 2003, NO 1
2. Diagram 3 shows a model of an atom
Diagram 3 Which of the following is true of the atomic model? I Proposed by Neil Bohr II Was built based on the existence of the neutron. III Shows that electrons move in shells around the nucleus. IV Discovered through the bombardment experiment of alpha particles on gold foil
A I and III only B II and IV only C I, II and III only D I, II, III and IV
SPM 2003, NO 1
1 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3. Diagram 6 shows the cooling curve for gas X Which of the following statements is true?
Diagram 6
A From 0 to t1 heat energy is absorbed B From t1 to t2 forces between particles overcome. C From t2 to t3 the kinetic energy of particles increased D From t3 to t4 the heat energy released is equal to the heat energy lost to the
surroundings. SPM 2003, NO 21
4. The diagram shows the change of state of matter.
Which of the following is process X? A Melting B Boiling C Freezing D Condensation
SPM 2004, NO 1
2 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5. The diagram shows the atomic symbol of element X.
23 11 X
Which of the following is true about the subatomic particles of element x?
Proton number Nucleon number Electron configuration A 11 23 2.8.1 B 11 23 2.8.8.5 C 23 11 2.8.1 D 23 11 2.8.8.5
SPM 2004, NO 21
6. The information shows the sub – atomic particles of atom W.
• Electron configuration 2.1 • Number of protons 3 • Number of neutrons 4
Which of the following diagrams shows an atom W?
SPM 2004, NO 24
7. The diagram shows a model of an atom.
Who introduced this model?
A Neils Bohr B John Dalton C James Chadwick D Ernest Rutherford
SPM 2005, NO 1
3 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
8. The diagram shows an experiment to study the particle theory of matter.
Which of the following is the best explanation of the observation in the experiment? A. Agar dissolves copper (II) sulphate. B. Copper (II) sulphate is an ionic compound. C. Particles in copper (II) sulphate are minute and discrete. D. The attractive force between agar and copper (II) sulphate particles is strong.
SPM 2005, NO 21 9. The table shows information about two types of particle.
Particle Proton number Electron configuration X 9 2.8 Y 17 2.8.8
Based on the information in the table, both particles X and Y are
A inert gas B negative ions C atom of metal D isotopes of the same element
SPM 2005, NO 22 10. The table shows the number of electrons and neutrons for ions G2-, H+, L- and M2+.
These letters are not the actual symbols for the elements.
Ion Number of electron
Number of neutron
G2- 10 11 H+ 10 12 L- 18 18
M2+ 18 20
Which of the following shows the correct nucleon number of the ion?
Ion Nucleon Number A G2- 21 B H+ 21 C L- 35 D M2+ 36
SPM 2005, NO 41
4 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
11. Which of the following set ups of the apparatus is correct to determine the melting point of acetamide?
SPM 2006 , NO 1
12. Which of the following is a use of carbon-14 isotope? A. Determine the age of the fossil B. Generate electrical energy C. Diagnose thyroid problems D. kill cancer cells.
SPM 2006, NO 2
5 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13. Which of the following electron arrangement has three valence electrons?
SPM 2006, NO 3 14. Diagram 1 shows the electron arrangement of an atom.
Diagram 1
Which of the following electron arrangement has the same number of valence electrons as the atom in Diagram 1?
SPM 2007, NO 1
15. Which of the following shows the correct type of particle for each substance?
Atom Molecule Ion A water Magnesium Sodium chloride B Magnesium Carbon dioxide Sodium chloride C Sodium chloride Carbon dioxide Magnesium D Magnesium Sodium chloride Carbon dioxide
SPM 2007, NO 2
6 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
7 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
16. Which substance is element ? A Air
B Steam C Carbon D Naphthalena
SPM 2008 Q1
17. The following statements refer to the contribution of a scientist in the development of ideas about atomic structure.
Discovered proton Most of the mass of the atom is in the nucleus The electron move in the empty space
Who was the scientic? A Neil Bohr B John Dalton C J.J Thomson D Ernest Rutherford SPM 2008 Q23 18. Diagram shows the symbol for the element. X is not an actual symbol of element.
Which the following shows the electron arrangement and the number of neutron in the atom of X.
Electron Arrangements number of neutron A 2.8.1 11 B 2.8.2 11 C 2.8.1 12 D 2.8.2 12
SPM 2008 Q24
23 11 X
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
19. Diagram 3 show the electron arrangement of a beryllium atom
Which of the following is true about this atom? A The proton number is 2 B The nucleon number is 2 C The total number of electron is 4 D The number of valance electron is 4
SPM 2008 Q25
20. Which of the following particles contain 10 electron?
[ Proton number: Ne = 10, Na = 11, mg=12]
I Na II Ne III Na+ IV Mg 2+
A I,II and III B I,II and IV D I,III and IV D II,III and IV
SPM 2008 Q26 21. Table 2 shows the proton numbers of elements X and Y. X and Y are not actual symbols of the elements
Element Proton number X 11 Y 19
Which statements are true about element X and Y? I Atom X and Y have one valence electron
II Element X is more reactive than element Y III Atom X has bigger atomic size than atom Y IV Element X and Y are the same group in Periodic Table
A I and III B I and IV B II and III D II and IV
SPM 2008 Q 27 .
8 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
22. Which of the following is use of cobalt-60 isotope?
A Treatment of cancer B Sterilizations of insects C X-ray for body examination D Dating the age of fossils and artifacts.
SPM 2009 Q5
23. Diagram 1 show the inter-convention of the states of matter of a substance.
Which of inter convention involves the release of energy?
A Steam → Ice B Water → Steam C Ice → water D Ice → Steam
SPM 2009 Q6 24. Which statement is true about the reaction of a magnesium fluoride? [ Proton number: F = 9, Mg = 12]
A One magnesium atom donates two electron to one fluorine atom. B One magnesium atom donates two electron to two fluorine atom. C One magnesium atom shares two electron to one fluorine atom. D One magnesium atom shares two electron to two fluorine atom
SPM 2009 Q16
25. Diagram shows the electron arrangement of an atom of Y Y is not actual symbol of the element
Which of the following, is the position of element Y in the periodic table?
9 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Group Period A 2 2 B 2 3 C 12 2 D 12 3
SPM 2009 Q20
26. The following statements are about diffusion.
• The tiny particle are discrete • The tiny particle are move randomly
Which are the following situations are explained by the statements above? I bromine gas mixing with air. II Aqueos copper(II) sulphate moving through a gel III Melting of lead bromide. IV Combustion of magnesium in the air.
A I and II B I and IV B II and III D III and IV
SPM 2009 Q22
27. Table shows the melting point and boiling point of four substances
Which substances is a liquid at room temperature?
A W B X C Y D Z
SPM 2009 Q 27
10 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
28. Diagram shows the cooling curve of liquid Y
Which statement can be deduced from Diagram? A At t1 exist as solid B The freezing point of Y is 70oC C From t1 to t2, Y does not release heat energy. D From t to t , the particles are less closely packed 2 3
SPM 2009 Q32 29. Element G reacts with element L to form a covalent compound with the formula GL2 The electron arrangement of an atom of L is a possible electron arrangement of an atom of G.
A 2.8.1 B 2.8.2 C 2.8.4 D 2.8.6
SPM 2009 Q36 30. The relative molecular mass of M2(SO4)3 is 342
What is the relative atomic mass of element M ? [Relative atomic mass : O=16, S=32] A 27 B 54 C 118 D 123
SPM 2009 Q37
11 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
31. What is the meaning of isotope?
A atoms of the same elements with the same nucleon number. B atoms of the same elements with the different number of nucleon. C atoms of the different elements with the different proton number. D atoms of the different elements with the same nucleon number.
SPM 2010 Q1
32. Solid X is heated in a boiling tube and the temperature is recorded at regular time
intervals if the melting point of X is 78oC, Which graph represent the heating curve of X?
SPM 2010 Q2
33. The proton number of atom R is 14 and its relative atomic mass is 28
Which statement is correct about R?
A The mass of an atom of R is 28 g B The molar mass of R is 28 g/mol C 14g of R contains 6.0 x 1023 atoms D Atom R has 14 protons, 14 electron and 28 neutron.
SPM 2010 Q3
34. Element J and element Q have proton number of 12 and 9 respectively. What is relative formula of a compound formed between J and Q? [ relative atomic mass: J=24; Q=19] A 30 B 43 C 62 D 67
SPM 2010 Q6
12 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MARK SCHEME
1 A 11 D 21 B 31 B 2 C 12 A 22 A 32 C 3 D 13 C 23 A 33 B 4 B 14 D 24 B 34 B 5 A 15 B 25 B 6 A 16 C 26 A 7 A 17 C 27 C 8 C 18 C 28 B 9 B 19 C 29 B 10 C 20 D 30 A
13 | P a g e @ T H E S T R U C T U R E O F A T O M S M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
CHAPTER: THERMOCHEMISTRY
1 Diagram 1 shows an energy level diagram.
Energy
J (s) + T2+ (aq)
J 2+
(aq) + T (s)
Diagram 1
Based on Diagram 1, what is the increase in temperature of the solution if excess J powder is added to 50 cm3 of T salt solution 0.2 mol dm -3?
[Specific heat capacity of solution: 4.0 J g-1 0C-1]
A 4.4 0C B 5.5 0C C 8.8 0C D 11.0 0C
2. Diagram 2 shows a set-up of apparatus to determine the heat of reaction.
∆H=-220kJ
Diagram 2
Based in Diagram 2 which of the following statements are true?
I The process of bonding occurs. II Temperature increase during the reaction. III The ∆H value in the reaction is positive. IV The energy content of the products of reaction is higher than that of the reactants. A I and II only B III and IV only C I, II, and IV only D I, II, III, and IV
1 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3. The equation below shows a displacement reaction and its heat of reaction.
Mg + Fe2+ Mg2+ + Fe , ∆H = -189 kJ mol-1
Which of the following statements are true about the reaction represented by the above equation?
I Magnesium is oxidized II The reaction is exothermic III The temperature decrease during the reaction. IV The heat released by reacting 0.2 mole of ferrum(II) ions is 37.8 kJ.
A I and II only B II and IV only C III and IV only D I, II, and IV only
4. Yogurt is prepared by adding 20.0 cm3 of lime juice into 200.0 cm3 of fresh milk. It is found that the temperature of the yogurt increase by 2.00C. What is the total amount of heat released? Use the information that the specific heat capacity of yogurt = X J g-1 0C-1. Assume that 1 cm3 of solution is equal to 1 gram of solution.
A 40X J B 220X J C 400X J D 440X J
5. The following equation shows the combustion of heptane, C7H16, in excess oxygen.
C7H16(l) + 1102(g) 7CO2(g) + 8H2O(l), ∆ H = -5 512 kJ mol-1
The combustion of heptane in excess oxygen release 1 378 kJ of energy. What is the mass of heptane used? Use the information that the relative atomic mass of H = 1 and C = 12.
A 25.0g B 36.0g C 77.0g D 88.0g
2 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
6. The following is the energy level diagram of a reaction.
HNO3 + NaOH Energy
∆H = -57 kJ mol-1
NaNO3+H2O
Which of the following acids is suitable to replace nitric acid, HNO3 to obtain the same ∆H
value?
A. Ethanoic acid, CH3COOH B. Carbonic acid, H2CO3 C. Sulphuric acid, H2SO4 D. Hydrochloric acid, HCl
7. In experiment 100 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid solution is mixed with 100cm3 sodium
hydroxide solution in a polystyrene cup. The concentrations of the two solutions are the same. During the mixing the temperature of the mixture increased by 70C. What is the heat released in the experiment? Given that the specific heat capacity of the solution 4.2J g-1 0C-1.
A. 1470 J B. 2940 J C. 4410 J D. 5880 J
8. The reaction between 25.0 cm3 of hydrochloric acid and 25.0 cm3 of sodium hydroxide
solution release the heat of 2100 J. What is the temperature change of the mixture? [Specific heat capacity of a solution = 4.2 J g-1 0C-1; Assume that 1 cm3 of a solution is equal to 1 g of the solution]
A 1 0C B 2 0C C 10 0C D 20 0C
9. The following information shows the combustion of an experiment to determine the heat
change for the combustion of propanol, C3H7OH.
Volume of water in the copper container = 300 cm3 Initial temperature of water in the copper container = 27.5 0C Highest temperature of water in the copper container = 68.50C
What is the heat released by the combustion of propanol, C3H7OH? [Specific heat capacity of water = 4.2J g-1 0C; water density = 1 g cm-3]
A 34.65 kJ B 51.66 kJ C 86.31 kJ D 120.96 kJ
3 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
10. Diagram 3 shows the mercury level of thermometer in a reaction.
Diagram 3
Which of the following is true about the reaction? A Endothermic reaction B Exothermic reaction C Bond breaking in the reactants absorbs energy D The amount of energy in the product is higher than that of the reactants
11. In an experiment, 2·4 g of magnesium powder is added to 100 cm3 of 2·0 mol dm3
copper(II) sulphate solution. The temperature of the mixture increases by 1·0 0C.
What is the heat of reaction in the experiment? [Specific heat capacity of a solution = 4·2 J g-1C-1; Relative atomic mass of Mg = 24] A -0·42 kJ mol-1 B -0·48 kJ mol-1 C -4·20 kJ mol-1 D -4·80 kJ mol-1
4 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
12. Diagram 4 shows an energy level diagram.
Energy OH- + H+ ∆H = - 57 kJ mol-1
H2O
Diagram 4 Based on Diagram 4, it can be concluded that
A. the heat of neutralization is -57 kJ mol-1. B. 57 kJ of energy is needed for the reaction. C. the products of reaction contain more energy that the reactants. D. the temperature at the end of the reaction is lower than that at the beginning of the
reaction. 13. The following equation shows the reaction between Ag+ and Cl- ions.
Ag+ (aq) + Cl-
(aq) AgCl(s) , ∆H = -65kJ mol-1
Which of the following is true about the above equation?
A. Endothermic reaction occurs B. Heat is released to the surroundings C. The temperature of the product decrease D. 65 kJ of heat absorbed when 1 mole of silver chloride is formed
14. The following is an energy level diagram.
H2O (l)
OH – (aq) + H + (aq) Energy
What conclusion can be made from the diagram?
A The product contains more energy than the reactants B OH- ions contain more energy than H+ ions C Heat is needed to initiate the reaction D Heat is released in this reaction
5 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15. The diagram below shows the energy profile of a reaction.
Which of the following is true about the diagram?
A The reaction is endothermic B The activation energy is y kJ C The heat of reaction is –(y-r)kJ D y value increase with the presence of a catalyst
16. The following chemical equation shows the reaction of the formation of lead(II) sulphate
precipitate.
Pb2+ (aq)
+SO42- PbSO4(s) ;∆H = -42 kJ mol-1
Which of the following is true about the reaction?
Heat change Type of reaction A Heat is released Endothermic B Heat is absorbed Exothermic C Heat is released Exothermic D Heat is absorbed Endothermic
6 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
17. The reaction between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide is an exothermic reaction. The heat of reaction is 57 kJ mol-1. Which of the following energy level diagrams represents the reaction?
A
NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) Energy
HCI(aq) + NaOH(aq) ∆H = +57kJ mol-1
B NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) Energy HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) ∆H = - 57kJ mol-1
C Energy HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) ∆H = - 57kJ mol-1 NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)
D Energy HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) ∆H = + 57kJ mol-1 NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)
18. Which of the following is true about the heat of combustion, ∆H for ethanol, propanol and
butanol?
A B C D
Ethanol Propanol Butanol -2 015 kJ mol-1 -1 376 kJ mol-1 -725 kJ mol-1 -2 015 kJ mol-1 -2 676 kJ mol-1 -725 kJ mol-1 -2 676 kJ mol-1 -725 kJ mol-1 -1 376 kJ mol-1 -1 376 kJ mol-1 -2 015 kJ mol-1 -2 676 kJ mol-1
7 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
19. The following equation shows a combustion reaction of methanol.
CH3OH(l) + 3/2O2(g) CO2(g) + 2H2O(l), ∆H = -726 kJ mol-1
Which of the energy level diagrams represents the reaction? A Energy CH3OH + 3/2O2
CO2 + 2H2O
B
Energy CO2OH + 2H2O CH3OH + 3/2O2
C Energy CO2OH + 2H2O CH3OH + 3/2O2
D Energy CH3OH + 3/2O2 CO2 + 2H2O
8 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
20. The following equation shows the reaction between silver nitrate, AgNO3, and sodium chloride, NaCI.
AgNO3(aq) + NaCl(aq) AgCl(s) + NaNO3(aq), ∆H = -65.kJ mol-1 Which of the following shows that the reaction is an exothermic reaction?
A Silver chloride precipitate is formed in the reaction B The reaction needs 65.5 kJ of heat energy to form 1 mol of silver chloride C The total energy absorbed to break the bonds is more than the total energy released
during the precipitation of silver chloride D The energy contained in silver nitrate and sodium chloride is higher than the energy
contained in silver chloride and sodium nitrate 21. In an experiment, 2.4g of magnesium powder is added to 100 cm 3 of 2.0 mol dm -3 copper(II)
sulphate solution. The temperature of the mixture increases by 1.0 0 C. What is the heat of reaction in the experiment ? [specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J g-1 0C-1 ; Relative atomic mass of Mg = 24]
A -0.42 kJ mol -1 B -0.48 kJ mol -1 C -4.20 kJ mol -1 D -4.80 kJ mol -1 22. Diagram 5 is an energy level diagram
Diagram 5
∆H= +ve
Products
Reactants
Energy
Which of the following can be deduced from Diagram 5 ? A Heat is absorbed B The products are more stable than the reactants C The surrounding temperature increases during the reaction D The total energy of the reactants is more than the total energy of the products
9 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
23. The following is a thermochemical equation. Fe + CuSO4 FeSO4 + Cu ; ∆H = -150 kJ mol -1 What is the heat change when 3.2 g of copper is formed in this reaction ? [Relative atomic mass: Cu = 64] A 1.37 kJ B 7.50 kJ C 46.90 kJ D 480.00 kJ 24. Which of the following is an endothermic reaction? A HCl + NaOH NaCl + H2O B HCl + NaHCO3 NaCl +CO2 + H2O C NaCl + AgNO3 AgCl + NaNO3 D Zn + CuSO4 ZnSO4 + Cu 25. Diagram 6 shows an energy level diagram for the decomposition of calcium carbonate.
∆H= + 570 kJ mol -1
CaO + CO2
CaCO3
Energy
Diagram 6
Which statement can be deduced from Diagram 6? A heat is absorbed in the reaction B the reaction is exothermic C total energy of the reactant and the products is 570 kJ D the reactant has more energy than the products 26. The following thermocheical equation shows a displacement reaction. Based on the equation, which statement is correct ? Zn + Cu 2+ Zn 2+ + Cu ; ∆H = -210 kJ mol -1
A the reaction is endothermic B the activation energy is 210 kJ mol -1 C the temperature of the mixture increases D the total energy of the reactants is lower than the products.
10 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
27. 100 cm 3 of water is heated by the burning of a sample of ethanol. The heat released by the combustion is 10.5 kJ. What is the maximum increases in temperature of the water ? [specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J g-1 0C-1 ] A 0.025 0 C B 0.25 0 C C 2.5 0 C D 25 0 C
MARK SCHEME 1. D 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. B 11. C 12. C 13. D 14. A 15. C 16. C 17. C 18. D 19. A 20. C 21. C 22. A 23. B 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. D SPM 2003 1 A student carried out an experiment to determine the heat of displacement for the reaction
between copper and silver nitrate solution. In this experiment, excess copper powder was added to 100 cm3 of silver nitrate solution 0.5 mol dm-3. The heat of displacement in this experiment was -105 kJ mol-1. [Specific heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 Jg-1 0C-1,and the density of the solution is 1g cm-3] (a) What is meant by heat of displacement?
[1 mark]
(b) Beside the data given above, state one other piece of data that is needed to calculate the heat of displacement.
[1 mark] (c) State one precaution that must be taken while carrying out the experiment.
[1 mark] (d) (i) State one observation of the experiment. [1 mark] (ii) State the reason for the observation in (d)(i). [1 mark]
11 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(e) Based on the information from this experiment, calculate (i) the number of moles of silver ions reacted. [1 mark]
(ii) the amount of heat released. [1 mark]
(iii) the in temperature. [1 mark]
(f) Draw an energy level diagram for the reaction in this experiment. [2 marks]
(g) The experiment is repeated using 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 silver nitrate solution and excess copper powder. Calculate the temperature change in this experiment. Explain why this change of temperature is different from that in (e) (iii). [3 marks]
12 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MARK SCHEME (SPM 2003) (a) Heat that is released when 1 mole of metal is displaced from its salt solution by a more
electropositive metal (b) Initial temperature and maximum temperature of the solution // temperature change (c ) Stir the solution //The container is wrapped with an insulator // The container is covered //
Plastic /Polystrene container // Carried out in minimal air movement (Accept any one)
(d) Shiny grey solid deposited//Colourless solution turn blue //Container becomes hot// temperature increases
(Choose either one)
(ii) Silver metal form//Contains Cu 2+ ion // Exothermic reaction // heat being released
(Choose either one) (e) (i) The number of moles Ag+ ion = 0.5 x 100 // 0.05 1000
(ii) 0.05 x 105 kJ // 5.25 kJ // 5250 J
(iii) Ө = 5.25 x 1000 // 12.5oC 100 x 4.2 (f)
(g) 1. The number of moles of Ag+ ion = 1x 100 // 0.1 1000 2. Temperature difference = 1 x 10500 100 x 4.2 3. The number of moles of Ag+ ion is doubled// Concentration of siver nitrat solution
doubled
Energy Cu + Ag+
Cu2+ + Ag
∆H=-105 kJ mol -1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
14 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
SPM 2004 (Q4)
Diagram 4 shows the set-up of the apparatus of an experiment to determine the heat of precipitation. 25.0 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 silver nitrate solution is reacted with 25.0 cm3 of 0.5 mol dm-3 sodium chloride solution. As a result there is a change in temperature of the mixture and white precipitate is formed.
Diagram 4
(a) Why is polystyrene cup used in the experiment? [1 mark]
(b) (i) Based on the change of temperature in the experiment, state the type of reaction that occurred.
[1 mark]
(ii) How is the total energy of the products different from the total energy of the reactants? [1 mark]
(c) State one step that should be taken while adding the two solution in order to get a more
accurate result. [1 mark]
(d) The ionic equation for the precipitation reaction of silver chloride is:
Ag+(aq) + Cl-
(aq) AgCl(s)
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(i) What is the number of moles of Ag+ ions that reacted
(ii) Calculate the heat change of the precipitation reaction that has taken place. Use th
with Cl- ions? [1 mark]
e is
heat of precipitation for this reaction. [2 marks]
…………………… kJ/mol
(e) The calculated value of the heat of precipitation for this reaction is less than the actual value.
[1 mark]
ARK SCHEME SPM 2004:
) to reduce the loss of heat to the surrounding on neutralizes 1 mole of hydroxide ion/
) perature occurs in the reaction
)
13.2 x 3
025 = -50.4 kJ mol -1
)
) (i) less than the theoretical value the surrounding /the plastic cup absorbs a little heat
) hydrogen in.
information that the specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J g-1 0C-1 and density water1 g cm-3? [2 marks]
(i) Calculate the
Give a reason.
M (a(b) heat that is released when 1 mol of hydrogen i Heat release when 1 mole of water is formed (c (i) exothermic (ii) a rise in tem(d number of mole = [0.5 x 50]/1000 = 0.025 mol (e) heat change = mcӨ = 100 x = 1260 J (f) heat of neutralization = 1260/0. (g (h (ii) part of the heat is released into(i ethanoic acid is a weak acid which ionizes partially in water to produce low concentration of
energy H + + OH -
H 2O
∆H = -50.4 kJ mol -1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
16 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
05 (Q3 & Q5SPM 20 )
out an experiment to determine the value of heat of displacement. Diagram 3 shows the set up of the apparatus used in the experiment.
1. A pupil carried
Diagram 3
The following data was obtained
lphate solution, Ө1 = 28 0 C Highest temperature of the mixture of product, Ө2 = 48 0 C
[1 mark]
(b) In this experiment, excess zinc is added to 100 cm of 0.5 mol dm
d the density
f heat in the experiment.
Use the formula, ∆H = mcӨ.
[2 marks]
The number of moles of copper(II) sulphate that reacted =
[2 marks]
Initial temperature of copper(II) su (a) Complete the ionic equation for the reaction that occurred. Zn + Cu 2+
3 -3 copper(II) sulphate solution.Given that the specific heat capacity of the solution is 4.2 J g -1 0C -1 anof the solution is 1.0 g cm -3 .
(i) Calculate the change o (ii) Calculate the heat of displacement in the experiment.
Heat of displacement =
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
17 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(c ) Draw the energy level diagram for reaction.
[2 marks]
(d) It was found that the heat of displacement value in (b)(i) is not the same as the actual value.
[1 mark]
(e)
[1 mark]
(f) The pupil repeats the experiment, replacing the metal zinc with metal X. The following equation shows the reaction and the value of heat of displacement of
Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) FeSO4(aq) + Cu(s) , ∆H=-150kJ mol-1
Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) FeSO4 (aq) + Cu(s), ∆H=-100kJ mol
Choose from this list: Aluminium, magnesium and tin.
[1 mark]
Suggest one step that must be taken to get a more accurate value.
Based on the experiment, what is meant by heat of displacement?
metal iron and metal X.
Equation I: Equation II:
-1
Predict the metal X.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
18 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
2. (a) What is the meaning of the heat of combustion of an alcohol?
[1 mark] (b) Table 5 shows the heat of combustion of three types of alcohol.
The number of carbon atoms and the attractive force between molecu
formula Heat of combustion/kJ mol
les are among thefactors that affect the value of heat of combustion.
Name of alcohol Molecular -1
Methanol CH3OH 725 Ethanol OH 1376 C2H5
Propanol C3H7OH 2015
Table 5
(i) Use data from Table 5 to draw the graph of the heat of combustion against number of carbon atoms on the graph paper below.
[2 marks]
(ii) Based on the graph in (b)(i), as the number of carbon atoms increases so does the
value of the heat of combustion.
[2 marks]
Explain why.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
19 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(iii) alculate the heat released when 2.3 g of ethanol is completely burnt in air. iven that the relative atomic mass of C=12, H=1, O=16.
[2 marks]
(c) Methanol and ethanol do not have isomers. Propanol has two isomers.
opanol.
[2 marks]
(d) Table 5.2 shows the freezing and the boiling points of mercury, methanol, ethanol and butanol.
Substance Freezing point / C Boling point / C
CGUse the formula: Heat released=Number of moles X Heat of combustion
Draw the structures of the two isomers of pr
0 0
Mercury -39 357 Methanol -97 64 Ethanol -117 79 Butanol -90 117
Table 5.2
A thermometer may contain mercury or an alcohol. A mercury thermometer is not suitable t he temperature at around -1000C.
meter to measure the temperature at
[2 marks]
o measure tName a suitable alcohol that can be used in a thermoaround -1000C. Give one reason for your choice. Name of alcohol : Reason :
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
20 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MARK SCHEME (SPM 005)
(b) (i) ∆H = 100 x 4.2 x 20 = 8400 J ber of moles Cu O4 reacted = [0.5 x 100]/1000 = 0.5 mole
/number of moles
-1 (c )
(d) use a plastic cup or add in the zinc powder quickly. (e) the heat released when 1 mole of metal is displaced from its solution
alcohol is completely burnt in excess oxygen.
2 1. (a) Zn 2+ + Cu (ii) Num S Heat of displacement = mcӨ
= 8400/0.05 = 168,000 J mol -1. = 168 kJ mol
(f) stanum 2. (a) the heat released when 1 mole of (b) (i)
Energy Zn + Cu 2+
Zn2+ + Cu
∆H= - 168 kJmol -1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
21 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) the greater the number of carbon atoms, more products are formed which
causes more heat to be released during the formation of bonds.
0.5 mole = 68 800 J
(c )
(d) 1.ethanol 2. the freezing point of ethanol is -177 0 C which lower than -100 0 C
PM 2007 (Q10)
ows the data from Experiment I and Experiment II that were carried out to study the rate or reaction of zinc with two acids, P and Q.
Observation
(iii) relative molecular mass of ethanol = (12 x 2) + (1 x 6) + 16 = 46
Number of moles ethanol = 2.3/46 = Heat released = 0.05 x 1376 = 68.8 kJ S 10. Table 10 sh
Experiment Reaction
I 2.6g of zinc and 50cm3 of
acid m-3 Zinc chlori hydrogen gas
The t the mixture increases P 2.0 mol d
ne emperature of
II
2.6acid Q 2.0 mol dm Zinc sulphate and
hydrogen gas Th e
mixture increases
g of zinc and 50cm3 of -3
e temperature of th
Table 10
(a) (i) By choosing either Experiment I or Experiment II, state the name or the acid used. Write the chemical equation for the reaction of
marks]
profile diagram show the:
, H • Activation energy without a catalyst, Ea
catalyst, E ’
[10 marks]
this acid with zinc. [ 2 (i) Draw an energy positive profile diagram for the reaction in 10(a)(i).On the energy
• Heat of the reaction
• Activation energy with a a
Explain the energy profile diagram.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
22 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(b) The graph in Diagram 10 shows the results of Experiment I and Experiment II.
Diagram 10
Based on the graph:
average rate of reaction for either Experiment I or Experiment II. [2 marks]
(ii) xperiment II before 160s.
(i) Calculate the
Explain the different in the rate of reaction between Experiment I and E
Used the collision theory in your explanation. [6 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
23 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MARK SCHEME (SPM 2007)
0(a) i. P is hydrochloric acid and Q is sulphuric acid
SO4 + H2
ii.
1. Reaction is an exothermic 2. the reactants contain more energy
1
2HCl + Zn ZnCl 2 + H2 or H2SO4 + Zn Zn
than the products. in the reactants and in the products.
7. ses the frequency
3. ΔH is the energy difference4. Heat given out during bond formation is greater than
heat absorbed during bond breaking. 5. Activation energy, Ea must be overcome in order for
the reaction to take place 6. The use of a catalyst reduces the activation energy
The use of a catalyst increa of effective collisions
(b) (i) Experiment II: 960/160 = 6 cm s .
(b) (ii)
periment II is greater than Experiment I 2. This is because the acid (H SO ) in Experiment II is a diprotic
II is greater than
Energy
Experiment I: 960/240 = 4 cm3 s -1
3 -1
1. The rate of reaction for Ex2 4
3. The acid (HCl) in Experiment I is a monoprotic / monobasic acid. 4. Diprotic acid has higher concentration of H + ion 5. The frequency of collision between H + ion and zinc in Experiment
in Experiment I 6. The frequency of effective collisions in Experiment II is greater (than Experiment I
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
24 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
SPM 2008 (Q6)
al equation for the neutralization reaction between nitric acid and sodium ydroxide solution is given below.
aNO3 + H2O , ∆H = -57.3 kJ
(a) state the
[1 mark]
added to sodium hydroxide solution.
[2 marks]
mol dm sodium hydroxide solution.
ergy released in this experiment.
[2 marks]
[2 marks]
ol -1
[2 marks]
The thermochemich
HNO3 + NaOH N
meaning of heat of neutralization. (b) based on the given thermochemical equation, state one observation when dilute nitric acid is
Explain your answer
(c ) In an experiment 100 cm 3 of 2 mol dm -3 nitric acid solution was added to 100 cm 3 of 2.0
-3
[specific heat capacity of solution = 4.2 J g -1 oC -1 ; Density of solution = 1 g cm -3 ]
Calculate: (i) the heat en (ii) the temperature change in this experiment. (d) Draw the energy level diagram for the reaction between nitric acid and sodium hydroxide. [2 marks] (e) Nitric acid and ethanoic acid both react with sodium hydroxide by a neutralization reaction. HNO3 + NaOH NaNO3 + H2O , ∆H = -57.3 kJ mol -1 CH3COOH + NaOH CH3COONa + H2O , ∆H = -55.2 kJ m Explain why the heat of neutralization for each reaction is slightly different.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
25 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MA
from the neutralization between acid and alkali. cts with 1 mole of hydroxide ions to form
) gher
(c ) Energy = 0.2 x 57.3 = 11.46 kJ
i) 0 x 4. 6 C )
) 1. Ethanoic acid is a weak acid and nitric acid is a strong acid 2. energy used to ionize nitric acid is higher than ethanoic acid.
PM 2009 (Q6)
the apparatus set-up to determine the heat of neutralization between nitric acid and odium hydroxide solution.
RK SCHEME SPM 2008
le of water is formed / Heat released when 1 mole of hydrogen ions rea
he reaction is exothermic/heat is released/energy of reactant is hi
(a) Heat change when 1 mo
1 mole of water. (b observation: the mixture become hot
Explanation: tthan product
(i) no of moles of NaOH = [100 x 2]/1000 = 0.2 released
0 (i [11.46 x 1000]/[20 2] = 13.
(d (e S Diagram 6 showss
Diagram 6
energy NaOH + HNO3
= -50.3 kJ mol -1
NaNO3 + H2O
∆H
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
26 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
Table 6 shows the result of this experiment.
Description Temperature ( oC)
Initial temperature of nitric acid 30.0 Initial temperature droxide of sodium hy 30.0 Highest temperature of the mixture 36.8
Table 6
(a) What is the meaning of heat of neutrali
[1 mark]
t released during the reaction [specific heat capacity of solution = 4.2 J g -1 oC -1 ;
[1 mark] (ii)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
) Draw an energy level diagram for this reaction.
[3 marks]
nitric acid.
difference of the heat of neutralization. [3 marks]
zation
(b) Calculate: (i) The hea
Density of solution = 1 g cm -3 ]
The number of moles of nitric acid reacting. (iii) The heat of neutralization. (c (d) The experiment is repeated using 25 cm 3 of 1.0 mol dm -3 of ethanoic acid to replace the
The heat of neutralization using ethanoic acid is 55.0 kJ mol -1
Explain the
(e) give one reason why a copper container cannot replace the polystyrene cup in this experiment. [1 mark]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
27 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MARK S
cid and alkali. cts with 1 mole of hydroxide ions to form
) ]/1000
m428/0.025 mol -1
)
) 1. the heat of neutralization for the reaction between sodium hydroxide and nitric acid is higher than the heat of neutralization between ethanoic acid and
2. 3. d to ionize ethanoic acid.
) eleased by the reaction
PM 2010
ws the heat of neutralization of two different monoprotic acid, P and Q, with sodium ydroxide solution
Reactants Heat of neutralization (kJ mol -1 )
CHEME SPM 2008
le of water is formed from the neutralization between a/ Heat released when 1 mole of hydrogen ions rea
f moles of nitric acid = [1.0 x 2525
(a) Heat change when 1 mo
1 mole of water. (b (i) Heat released = (25+25) x 4.2 x 6.8 = 1428 J
(ii) number o = 0.0 ol (iii) heat of neutralization = 1 = -57.12 kJ (c (d
sodium hydroxide.. nitric acid is a strong acid and ethanoic acid is a weak acid heat is used/absorbe
(e copper is a good heat conductor/copper absorbs heat r S Table 10 shoh Experiment
I
100 cm 3 1.0 mol dm -3 sodium hydroxide
100 cm 1.0 mol onoprotic acid P
solution +
3 dm -3 of m
-55.0
II
100 cm 3 1.0 mol dm sodium hydroxide
100 cm 1.0 mol d onoprotic acid Q
-57.0
-3solution
+ 3 m -3 of m
(a) (i) Based on the information in T te one example which could be acid P and one which could be acid Q.
s]
[4 marks]
Table 10
able 10, sta
[2 mark
(ii) Explain why there is a difference in the value of the heat of neutralization.
energy NaOH + HNO3
NaNO3 + H2O
∆H = -58.12 kJ mol -1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
28 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(b) Calculate the change in temperature of the mixture in experiment I. [specific heat capacity of solution = 4.2 J g -1 oC -1 ]
[4 marks]
(c ) eutralization.
re of the experiment utralization.
[10 marks] M
id/ethanoic acid/propanoic acid Q: hydrochloric acid/nitric acid
completely to form hydrogen ion and e partially in water
y letely to form hydrogen ion.
(b) 1. number 2. Mass of the solution = 200 g
e /[200 x 4.2] = 6.5 C
) hyd solution. 2. pour the solution into a plastic/polystyrene cup
ene cup
on
acid P/Q = T1 Initial temperature of sodium hydroxide = T2
2]/2 = Ta
x 4.2 x (Tb – Ta) = X J ∆H = -X / [0.1 x 1000] = -X/0.1 J mol -1
By using one of the acid in (a)(i), describe one experiment to determine the heat of n
Your answer should consist of the following: • Procedu• The method to calculate the heat of ne
ARK SCHEME SPM 2010 (a) (i) P: methanoic ac (ii) 1. Q is strong acid 2. P is weak acid 3. acid Q dissociate
acid P dissociat 4. some of the heat given out during neutralization is used b
acid P molecules to dissociate comp of mole acid P = [1.0 x 100]/1000 = 0.1 mol
3. Heat released = 0.1 x 55000 = 5500 J 0 4. Change in temperatur = [5500]
(c 1. Measure 100 cm 3 of sodium roxide 1.0 mol dm -3 3. record the initial temperature of the solution 4. measure 100 cm 3 of acid P/Q 1.0 mol dm -3 5. pour the solution into another plastic/polystyr 6. record the initial temperature of the solution 7. pour acid P/Q quickly into the sodium hydroxide soluti 8. stir the mixture 9. record the highest temperature reached Calculation: Initial temperature of Average initial temperature = [T1 + T Highest temperature = Tb Heat given out = 200
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
29 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
PAPER 3
shows two experiments to determine the heat of neutralization.
eaction between 25 cm of sodium hydroxide solution, NaOH, 2.0 mol dm -3 and 25 cm 3 of CH COOH, 2.0 mol dm -3.
SPM 2006 Diagram 1.1 Experiment I
3Rethanoic acid, 3
itial temperature of the mixture : …………………. 0 C ighest temperature of the mixture:………………… 0 C
eaction between 25 cm of sodium hydroxide solution, NaOH, 2.0 mol dm -3 and 25 cm 3 of id, 2.0 mol dm -3.
InHChange in temperature: ………………… 0 C Experiment II
3Rhydrochloric ac
itial temperature of the mixture : T1 0 C ighest temperature of the mixture: T2 0 C
Diagram 1.1
(a) Write the initial and the highest tem mixture and change in temperature for experiment I in Diagram 1.1
[3 marks]
InHChange in temperature: T3 0 C
perature of the
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
30 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(b) construct a table that can be used to record the data from both experiments.
[3 marks]
(c) State one hypothesis for both experiment
[3 marks]
(d) Based on the temperature in Experiment I, predict the change in temperature in expe
[3 marks]
(e) Why must the initial temperature and the highest temperature be recorded in these ex?
[3 marks]
(f) how can the value of the change in temperature be obtained ?
[3 marks]
(g) state three observations that you could obtain in experiment I other than the change itemperature.
2.
constant variable in this experiment.
2.
[3 marks]
riment II.
periment
n
1.
3. (h) State three 1. 3.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
31 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(i) Diagram 1.2 shows the calculation to determine the heat of neutralization for the reaction in Experiment I and Experiment II.
Based on Diagram 1.2:
onal definition for the heat of neutralization.
[3 marks]
(ii) It was found that the value of y is greater than the value of x. Explain why.
) The experiment is repeated using the methanoic acid. The value of the heat of neutralization of these acids are given in Table 1.
or weak acid.
Name of acid Heat of neutralization/kJ mol -1 Type of acid
Experiment I
Heat released = mcӨ
= 50g x 4.2 J g-1 0C-1 x ……………… 0 C
J] / Number of mole of water produced
= mcӨ = 50g x 4.2 J g-1 0C-1 x T3 0 C
J] / Number of mole of water produced
Diagram 1.2
= x J Heat of neutralization = [x k
Experiment II
Heat released = yJ Heat of neutralization = [x k
(i) Give the operati
(j Complete table 1 by classifying the acids as strong acid
Ethanoic acid -50.3 Hydrochloric acid - 57.2 Methanoic acid -50.5
Table 1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
32 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
MARK SCHEME SPM 2006
= 28 0C Suhu tertinggi = 40 0
(b) Suhu awal/ 0C Suhu tertinggi/ 0C
(a) Suhu awal campuran
C Perubahan suhu = 12 0C
I II
(c) Pembolehubah dimanipulasikan
Asid etanoik, asid hidroklorik// jenis asid // asid kuat, asid lemah
Haba peneutralan // perubahan suhu / kenaikan suhu
Lebih tinggi/ rendah
1 HCl/ asid kuat menghasilkan (haba peneutralan) / (perubahan/ kenaikan suhu) yang lebih tinggi/ rendah daripada asid etanoik/ lemah atau sebaliknya.
patkan/ menentukan perubahan/ kenaikan/ perbezaan suhu.
awal// suhu akhir - suhu awal
(g) tirena menjadi panas. 2. bacaan termometer/aras merkuri meningkat.
rutan tanpa warna. nyap.
(h) . isipadu (bahan tindak balas) / (asid dan alkali)
(i) n apabila 1 mol air dihasilkan
2. Haba yang dibebaskan apabila satu mol H+ bertindak balas dengan
Kesan yang berhubung dengan pembolehubah bergerak balas
Arah kesan
2 Jenis asid yang berlainan/ berbeza menghasilkan (haba peneutralan)/ (perubahan/ kenaikan suhu) yang berbeza/ berlainan/ sama.
(d) 12 < Ɵ ≤ 15 (e) Untuk menda (f) Menolak suhu tertinggi/ akhir dengan suhu awal // suhu tertinggi - suhu
1. Cawan polis
3. Tiada perubahan warna larutan// la4. bau asid etanoik/ sengit/ cuka hilang/ lesap/ le 1. kepekatan (bahan tindak balas)/ (asid dan alkali) 23. bekas// cawan polistirena 4. suhu persekitaran 5. alkali// larutan NaOH
(i) 1. Haba yang dibebaska
satu mol ion OH- untuk menghasilkan satu mol air.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
33 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) 1. perubahan suhu eksperimen II/ y lebih tinggi. 2. Eks. II menggunakan asid kuat, Eks. I menggunakan asid lemah.
lemah. (j)
Nama asid Jenis asid
3. HCl adalah asid kuat, CH3COOH adalah asid
Asid etanoik lemah Asid hidroklorik Kuat Asid metanoik lemah
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
34 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
SPM 2007
shows the apparatus set-up for Experiments I, II, III and IV. The magnification of the ermometers shows the readings of the initial temperature and the highest or lowest temperature in
ecord the temperature readings in the spaces provided in Diagram 1.1
Diagram 1.1theach experiment. (a) (i) R
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Diagram 1.1 (ii) Construct a table to show all the data in each of these experiments.
(iii) Classify the reactions in these experiment as either exothermic reactions or endothermic reactions.
Exothermic reaction Endothermic reaction
35 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) A student repeated Experiment I several times. (i) State three things that must kept constant in these experiments. 1. 2. 3. (ii) State the hypothesis for Experiment I. (c ) Based on Experiment II: (i) State the temperature change and give two reasons for the change. Temperature change: Reason 1: Reason 2 : (ii) State the operational definition for the reaction that takes place (d) The reaction in Experiment III is a neutralization reaction. Other acids can be substituted for hydrochloric acid. These acids have the same volume and concentration as the hydrochloric acid in
Experiment III. 1. Sulphuric acid : 0 C 2. nitric acid : 0C 3. Ethanoic acid : 0C (e) Diagram 1.2 shows some observation in Experiment IV.
Diagram 1.2
36 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(i) State three observations shown in Diagram 1.2 1. 2. 3. (ii) The following chemical equation represents the reaction in Experiment IV. HCl (aq) + NaHCO3 (aq) NaCl (aq) + CO2 (g) + H2O (l)
Based on the chemical equation, and the answer in 1(e)(i), what inference can be made from Experiment IV ?
(iii) Sketch a graph to show the change in the volume of carbon dioxide gas produced
against time. MARK SCHEME SPM 2007 (a) (i) Experiment I: 28.0 oC 36.0 oC
Experiment II: 29.0 oC 25.0 oC Experiment III: 27.0 oC 32.0 oC Experiment IV: 30.0 oC 27.0 oC
(ii)
Experiment Initial temperature/oC
Highest or lowest temperature/oC
I/1 28 36 II/2 29 25 III/3 27 32 IV/4 30 27
(iii)
Exothermic reaction Endothermic reaction I
III
II IV
(b) (i)
1. volume/mass/mole/weight of water. (isipadu/jisim/bil. Mol/berat air).
2. polystyrene cup. (cawan polistirena).
3. thermometer. (termometer).
4. mass/mole/weight of sodium hydroxide. (jisim/bil. Mol/berat natrium hidroksida.
5. size of sodium hydroxide. (saiz natrium hidroksida).
6. size of cup. (saiz cawan).
7. sodium hydroxide and water (natrium hidroksida dan air).
37 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) The reaction between sodium hydroxide and water is (an exothermic reaction)/(released
heat/energy)/(an endothermic reaction)/(absorbed heat/energy).// The reaction between sodium hydroxide and water result in increase/decrease in temperature.//When sodium hydroxide is dissolved in water (an exothermic reaction occurs)/(heat/energy is released)/(an endothermic reaction occurs)/(heat/energy is absorbed). (Tindak bals antara natrium hidroksida dan air adalah( tindak balas eksotermik)/(membebaskan haba/tenaga)/(tindak balas endotermik)/(menyerap haba/tenaga).//Tindak balas antara natrium hidroksida dan air menghasilkan peningkatan/penurunan suhu.//Apabila natrium hidroksida larut dalam air (tindak balas eksotermik berlaku)/(haba/tenaga dibebaskan)/(tindak balas endotermik berlaku)/(haba/tenaga di serap)).
(iii)
1. Manipulated variable (Pemboleh ubah dimanipulasi) Mass/moles/weighs of sodium hydroxide// volume/mass/weighs/moles of water.
(Jisim/mol/berat natrium hidroksida // Isipadu/jisim/berat/mol air). 2. Direction of the responding variable
(Arah pemboleh ubah bergerakbalas) 3. Change in temperature increases/decreases/higher/lower. (Perubahan suhu (meningkat)/(berkurang)/(lebih tinggi/rendah).
When (mass of sodium hydroxide)/(volume of water) increases/decreases the increases/change in temperature is increase/decreases/higher/lower. (Apabila (jisim natrium hidroksida)/(isipadu air) bertambah/berkurang, peningkatan/perubahan suhu(bertambah)/(berkurang)/(lebih tinggi/rendah).
(c ) (i)
1. Heat/energy is absorbed // Endothermic reaction. (Haba/tenaga diserap) // Tindak balas endotermik.
2. The energy of the products is more than the energy of the reactants. (Tenaga hasil tindak balas lebih tinggi daripad tenaga bahan tindak balas).
3. The heat/energy absorbed during the bond breaking is greater/(>) than the heat/energy released during the bond making. (Haba/tenaga diserap semasa pemecahan ikatan (lebih besar)/(>) daripada haba/tenaga yang dibebaskan semasa pembentukan ikatan.
(ii) The decrease in temperature shows that endothermic reaction happens where heat/ energy is absorbed from the surroundings. (Penurunan suhu menunjukkan tindak balas endotermik berlaku di mana haba/ tenaga diserap dari persekitaran).
(d) 1. Sulfuric acid: (32 – 37)
2. Nitric acid: 32 3. Ethanoic acid (28 – 31)
(e) (i) 1. Final temperature is lower than the initial temperature // The temperature
decreases // Level of mercury decreases // termometer reading decreases. (Suhu akhir lebih rendah daripada suhu awal // Suhu menurun // Aras raksa menurun // bacaan termometer menurun
2. Bubbles released // effervescence. (Gelembung // pembuakan). a: air bubbles/gelembung udara. r:buih
3. The volume of the solution is greater/more/higher/increases. // Lavel of solution increases. (Isipadu larutan adalah (lebih tinggi)/(bertambah) // aras larutan bertambah.
38 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) (Endothermic reaction)/(Heat/energy is absorbed) when hydrochloric acid/HCl reacts with
sodium hydrogen carbonate/NaHCO3 to produce sodium chloride /NaCl, carbon dioxide/ CO2 and water /H2O. ((Tindak balas endotermik)/(Haba/tenaga diserap) apabila asid hidroklorik /HCl bertindak balas dengan natrium hidrogen karbonat / NaHCO3 menghasilkan natrium klorida / NaCl, karbon dioksida /CO2 dan air /H2O.)
(iii)
Volume of carbon dioxide gas/cm3/dm3
Time/s/min.
39 | P a g e @ T H E R M O C H E M I S T Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
CHAPTER: PERIODIC TABLE and CHEMICAL BOND SPM 2003
1 Figure 1 shows the set-up of apparatus for an experiment to determine the empirical formula of
magnesium oxide.
Lid
Magnesium ribbon
Crucible Heat
Figure 1 Result: Mass of crucible + lid = 24.0 g Mass of crucible + lid + magnesium ribbon = 26.4 g Mass of crucible + lid + magnesium oxide = 28.0 g
(a) What is meant by empirical formula?
[1 mark]
(b) Based on the above results,
(i) calculate the mass of magnesium and the mass of oxygen that have reacted.
[1 mark]
(ii) calculate the mole ratio of magnesium atoms to oxygen atoms.
[Relative Atomic Mass:O,16; Mg, 24]
[1 mark]
1 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii) determine the empirical formula of magnesium oxide.
[1 mark]
(iv) write the chemical equation for the reaction in the experiment.
[1 mark]
(c) Why was the crucible lid opened once in a while during the experiment? (d) Metal X is placed below hydrogen in the reactivity series. You are required to carry out
an experiment to determine the empirical formula of the oxide of metal X. The apparatus provided are combustion tube, glass tube, cork, Bunsen burner, and porcelain dish.
(i) Draw a labeled diagram of the set-up of the apparatus for the experiment. [2 marks]
(ii) Describe the steps that should be taken to ensure that all the air in the combustion tube has been expelled.
[3 marks]
2 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 Figure 2 shows part of the Periodic Table of Elements.
Figure 2
Based on figure 2, answer the following questions.
(a) What is the element represented by the symbol Fe?
[1 mark] (b) In Figure 2, mark ‘X’ in the boxes for all the transition elements.
[1 mark]
(c) State one specific characteristic of transition elements.
[1 mark]
(d) Write the electron configuration for the Mg atom.
[1 mark]
(e) (i) Write the chemical equation for the reaction between aluminium and oxygen gas.
[1 mark]
3 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(ii) Briefly state the electron transfer in the bond formation between aluminium and oxygen.
[2 marks]
(f) Based on the above informations, which gas is more suitable to be used in meteorological balloons?
Give one reason.
[1 mark] SPM 2004 1 Figure 1 shows the chemical symbols which represent three elements X, Y and Z.
Figure 1
(a) (i) Write the electron arrangement of atoms X and Y. [2 marks]
(ii) State the number of neutrons in an atom of element Z and write the symbol for an isotope of element Z.
[2 marks]
(b) The reaction between atoms of X and Y forms an ionic compound whereas the reaction between atoms of Y and Z forms a covalent compound. Based on the above statement, explain how these ionic and covalent compounds are formed.
[8 marks] (c ) The ionic compound formed from the reaction between element X and Y is able to
conduct electricity when it is melted or dissolve in water. Describe how you could prove that this statement is correct. [8 marks]
Helium Gas • light • not reactive • colourless
Hydrogen Gas • light • flammable • colourless
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2005
1 Figure 1 shows part of the Periodic Table of the Elements.
Q,R,T,X and Y do not represent the actual symbol of the elements.
Figure 1
(a) Using the letters in the Periodic Table of the Elements in Figure 1, answer the following questions.
You may use the Periodic Table of the Elements at the back.
(i) Choose an element that is a halogen.
[1 mark]
(ii) Which element is monoatomic?
[1 mark]
(iii) Which element forms an amphoteric oxide?
[1 mark] (b) Arrange Q,R,T,X and Y according to the increase in size of the atoms.
[1 mark]
5 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c ) Write the electron arrangement for an atom of element Q.
[1 mark] (d) Write the formula for the ion formed from an atom of element Y.
[1 mark]
(e) Why are elements Q and R placed in the same period?
[1 mark]
(f) When a small piece of element T is put into water, TOH solution is formed and hydrogen gas is released.
State one observation when red litmus paper is put into the solution.
[1 mark]
(g) State the common name of the elements between group 2 and group 13.
[1 mark] 6 (a) Isotops are used for example in medicine, industry, science and archeology.
Choose two of the above examples. State an isotope and its purpose I ach example that you have chosen. [4 marks]
(b) Figure 10.1 shows the electron arrangement of a molecule PQ2. These letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
[4 marks]
Figure 10.1
Based on Figure 10.1, write the electron arrangement for atoms of element P and element Q.
Explain the position of element Q in the Periodic Table of the Elements. [6 marks]
6 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) Table 10.2 shows the electron arrangement for atoms W, X, and Y.
These letters are not the actual symbols of the elements.
Element Electron arrangement W 2.4 X 2.8.7 Y 2.8.8.2
Table 10.2
Using the information in Table 10.2, explain how two compounds can be formed from these elements based on their electron arrangements.
The two compounds should have different bond types. [10 marks]
SPM 2006 1 (a) (i) What is the concept introduced by Dmitri Mendeleeve to simplify the
idea of atomic mass and the volume of gas? [1 mark] (ii) Based on the concept 2(a)(i), what is the chemical symbol used to represent one water molecule? [1 mark]
(iii) What is the name of the isotop of an element used as a standard in determining relative atomic mass?
[1 mark] (b) (i) Based on the concept in 2(a)(i), what is the mass of 6.0 dm3 of carbon dioxide gas,CO2, at standard temperature and pressure? [1 mole of gas occupies 24 dm3 at standard temperature and pressure; Relative atomic mass for CO2=44] [2 marks] (ii) How many molecules are there in 6.0 dm3 of carbon dioxide gas? [Avogadro’s number = 6.02 X 1023] [1 mark]
7 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii) Explain briefly the relationship between the volume, mass and the number of molecules of carbon dioxide in 2(b)(i) and 2(b)(ii) at standard
temperature and pressure.
[3 marks]
2 (a) (i) The electron arrangement for argon is 2.8.8. Why is the element very stable and not reactive? [1 mark]
(ii) Name one other element that has the same stability gas argon. [1 mark] (b) Atom of both sodium and chlorine are unstable.
They react to form an ionic compound which is more stable. Diagram 3.1 shows a sodium chloride compound, NaCl, that is produced by the formation of an ionic bond between a sodium ion, Na+ , and a chloride ion, Cl-.
Diagram 3.1
(i) How are sodium ion and chloride ion formed from their respective atoms?
Sodium ion : …………………………………………………………………….. Chloride ion:……………………………………………………………………….
[2 marks]
8 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) Name the force that exists between these ions in the compound.
[1 mark]
(iii) The melting point of sodium chloride, NaCl, is 801 0C and its boiling points is 1413 0C. What will happen to the ions in this compound at 900 0C ?
[1 mark]
(iii) Give one reason for your answer in 3(b)(iii). [1 mark] (c) (i) The electron arrangement for argon is 2.8.8. Why is this element very stable and not reactive? [1 mark ] (ii) Name one other element that has the same stability as argon. [1 mark ]
9 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(d) Diagram 3.2 shows the proton number and nucleon number for two elements, X and Y. The letters used do not represent the actual symbols of the elements.
Diagram 3.2
Draw a diagram to show the bonding formed between elements X and Y.
[3 marks]
3 Diagram 8.1 and Diagram 8.2 show the diagrams of the electron arrangement for atoms of two
elements from group 17 in the Periodic Table of Elements.
(a) Based on Diagram 8.1:
(i) Write the electron arrangement for the atom of the element and name the element.
[2 marks]
(ii) Write a chemical equation for the reaction between this element and sodium hydroxide.
[2 marks] (b) Compare the attractive force between the nuclei and the valance electrons in the atoms in Diagram 8.1 and Diagram 8.2 and relate this to their respective reactivity. [6 marks]
10 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(c) Another element in Group 17 is a black coloured solid. Predict the reactivity of this element I its reaction with sodium hydroxide
compared to that of the element in Diagram 8.2. [1 mark]
(d) Diagram 8.3 shows the set up of the apparatus to investigate the reaction of an element
from Group 17 with iron metal.
Diagram 8.3
(i) State two precautions that must be taken while carrying out the experiment.
[2 marks]
(ii) Describe and write the chemical equations for the reaction that occur in Part G and Part H. [6 marks]
11 | P a g e @ P E R I O D I C & B O N D I N G M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
CHAPTER 6 : ELECTROCHEMISTRY PAPER 1 - OBJECTIVES QUESTION
1. Which of the following substances is an electrolyte? Antara bahan berikut yang manakah elektrolit
A. Glucose glukosa
B. Ethanol etanol
C. Acetamide acetamida
D. Sodium chloride Natrium klorida
SPM 2007 NO 8
2. Diagram 5 shows a type of chemical cell Rajah 5 menunjukkan satu jenis sel kimia.
3. Which of the following is true about the chemical cell?
Antara yang berikut , yang manakah benar tentang sel kimia itu?
A. The cell is not rechargeable Sel ini tidak boleh dicas semula
B. The electrolyte used is nitric acid Elektrolit yang digunakan ialah asid nitrik
C. An oxidation reaction occurs at the negative terminal Tindak balas pengoksidaan berlaku di terminal negatif
D. The lead plate that is plated with lead (IV) oxide is the negative terminal of the cell Plat plumbum yang disalut dengan plumbum(IV) oksida ialah terminal negative sel.
SPM 2007 NO 16
1 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4. Diagram 8 shows the apparatus set-up of a chemical cell used to light up a bulb Rajah 8 menunjukkan susunan alat radas bagi satu sel kimia yang digunakan untuk menyalakan sebuah mentol.
What substance can be used as Q and S to obtained the brightest light? Apakah bahan yang boleh digunakan sebagai Q dan S untuk mendapatkan nyalaan yang paling terang? Q S A Magnesium /magnesium Magnesium chloride/Magnesium klorida B Aluminium /aluminium Aluminium nitrate/Aluminium nitrat C Iron /ferum Iron (II) sulphate/Ferum(II) sulfat D Zinc/Zink Zinc chloride/zink klorida
SPM 2007 NO 27
2 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5. Table 1 shows the results for displacement reaction to determine the Electrochemical Series. Jadual 1 menunjukkan keputusan tindak balas penyesaran bagi menentukan Siri Elektrokimia.
6. Which of the following is the correct position of the metals, in ascending order of the
tendency of the metals to form ions? Antara yang berikut , yang manakah kedudukan betul dalam tertib menaik bagi logam-logam
itu dalam kecenderungannya membentuk ion?
A. W, Z,Y,X B. W,Y,Z,X C. X,Z,Y,W D. X,Y,W,Z
SPM 2007 NO 28 7. A student has an iron ring. He wants to make the ring more beautiful and durable to give his
friend as a present. What is the best way to do it? Seorang murid mempunyai sebentuk cincin besi. Dia ingin menjadikan cincin itu lebih
cantik dan tahan lama untuk dihadiahkan kepada rakannya. Apakah langkah yang paling baik dilakukan?
A. Dip the ring in acid
Mencelup cincin dalam asid B. Wash the ring with detergent
Mencuci cincin dengan detergen C. Plate the ring with silver
Menyadur cincin dengan argentum D. Brush the ring with glossy material
Memberus cincin dengan bahan pengilat SPM 2007 NO 46
3 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
8. Diagram 15 shows an apparatus set-up for a chemical cell prepared by a teacher. Rajah 15 menunjukkan susunan radas bagi sel kimia yang disediakan untuk seorang guru.
The teacher asked one student to modify the chemical cell so that the voltmeter would give a higher reading. What modification should the student make?
Guru itu meminta seorang murid mengubahsuai sel kimia itu supaya voltmeter memberikan bacaan yang lebih tinggi. Apakah pengubahsuaian yang perlu dilakukan oleh murid itu?
A. Reduce the distance between the two metal plates
Kurangkan jarak antara dua kepingan logam B. Use a wider metal plates
Gunakan kepingan logam yang lebih lebar C. Substitute the zinc with aluminium
Gantikan zink dengan aluminium D. Use aluminium sulphate solution as the electrolyte
Gunakan larutan aluminium sulfat sebagai elektrolit SPM 2007 NO 47
9. Which of the following is true about electrolytes? Antara pernyataan berikut, yang manakah benar tentang elektrolit?
A. Elements that conduct electricity in molten state Unsur yang mengalirkan arus elektrik dalam keadaan leburan
B. Compounds that conduct electricity in solid state Sebatian yang mengalirkan arus elektrik dalam keadaan pepejal
C. Elements that conduct electricity in solid or molten state Unsur yang mengalirkan arus elektrik dalam keadaan pepejal atau leburan
D. Compounds that conduct electricity in molten state or aqueous solution Sebatian yang mengkonduksikan arus elektrik dalam keadaan leburan atau larutan akuas.
SPM 2006 NO 9
10. Diagram 7 shows four chemical cells using the electrode pairs P-S,P-R,Q-S, and Q-R. Find the voltage value of cell IV? Rajah 7 menunjukkan empat sel kimia menggunakan pasangan elektrod P-S, P-R,Q-S, dan Q-R. Carikan nilai voltan sel IV.
A. 0.32V B. 0.71 V C. 0.39V D. 0.90V
4 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2006 NO 25
11. Diagram 8 shows the set up of the apparatus for the electrolysis of copper(II) sulphate
solution. Rajah 8 menunjukkan susunan radas bagi elektrolisis kuprum (II) sulfat.
The intensity of the blue colour of copper (II) sulphate is decreasing Which of the following explains the observation? Keamatan warna biru larutan kuprum (II) sulfat didapati berkurang . Antara yang berikut ,yang manakah menerangkan pemerhatian itu?
5 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
A. OH- ion is discharged at the anode Ion OH- dinyahcas di anod
B. H+ ion is discharged at the cathode Ion H+ dinyahcas di katod
C. SO42- ion is discharged at the anode
Ion SO42- dinyahcas di anod
D. Cu2+ ion is discharged at the cathode Ion Cu2+ dinyahcas di katod
SPM 2006 NO 26
12. Diagram 13 shows the set up of the apparatus to plate an iron spoon with silver Rajah 13 menunjukkan susunan alat radas untuk menyadur sudu besi dengan argentum
After 30 minutes it was found that no plating take place on the iron spoon. What should be done? Selepas 30 minit didapati tiada penyaduran berlaku pada sudu besi. Apakah yang perlu dilakukan?
A. Increase the cell voltage Menambahkan voltan sel
B. Interchange the terminals in the cell Saling tukar terminal pada sel
C. Rub the iron spoon with sand paper Menggosok sudu besi dengan kertas pasir
D. Use iron(II) sulphate solution as the electrolyte Menggunakan larutan ferum(II) sulfat sebagai elektrolit
SPM 2006 NO 39
6 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13. Diagram 15 shows the set up of the apparatus to build a chemical cell Rajah 15 menunjukkan susunan radas untuk menyadur sudu besi dengan argentum
It was found that there is no deflection on the voltmeter needle. What should be done to make sure that the voltmeter needle deflects? Didapati tiada pesongan pada jarum voltmeter. Apakah perlu dilakukan untuk memastikan jarum voltmeter terpesong?
A. Add water into the glacial ethanoic acid Tambahkan air ke dalam asid etanoik glasial
B. Add dry cells in series in the circuit Tambahkan sel kering secara bersiri ke dalam litar
C. Substitute the zinc electrode with an aluminium electrode Gantikan elektrod zink dengan elektrod aluminium
D. Substitute the magnesium electrode with an iron electrode Gantikan elektrod magnesium dengan elektrod ferum
SPM 2006 NO 48 14. Which of the following is an electrolyte? Antara berikut yang manakah elektrolit?
A. Acetamide asetamida
B. Aluminium aluminium
C. Ethyl propanoate Etil propanoat
D. Lead (II) bromide Plumbum (II) bromida
SPM 2005 NO 4
7 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus of a chemical cell Rajah menunjukkan susunan radas satu sel kimia.
Which of the following happens in the chemical cell? Antara berikut yang manakah berlaku dalam sel kimia itu?
A. The iron rod becomes thicker Rod ferum menjadi lebih tebal
B. The copper rod becomes thinner Rod kuprom menjadi lebih nipis
C. The intensity of the blue colour of copper (II) sulphate solution decreases Keamatan warna biru larutan kuprum (II) sulfat berkurang
D. The colour of the solution in the Beaker 1 changes from green to brown. Warna larutan dalam bikar 1 berubah daripada hijau ke perang.
SPM 2005 NO 27
8 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
16. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus of a simple chemical cell. The reading on the voltmeter is 0.3 V
Rajah menunjukkan susunan radas bagi satu sel kimia ringkas. Bacaan voltmeter ialah 0.3 V.
Which of the following will increase the reading on the voltmeter? Antara kaedah berikut yang manakah dapat menambahkan bacaan voltmeter? I Increase the volume of iron(II) sulphate solution Tambahkan isipadu larutan ferum(II) sulfat II Substitute the iron plate with a silver plate Gantikan kepingan ferum dengan kepingan argentums III Use a more dilute iron (II) sulphate solution Gunakan larutan ferum(II) sulfat yang lebih cair IV Substitute the zinc plate with a magnesium plate Gantikan kepingan zink dengan kepingan magnesium
A I and II only I dan II sahaja B I and III only I dan III sahaja C II and IV only II dan IV sahaja D II, III and IV only II,III dan IV sahaja
SPM 2005 NO 42
9 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
17. The diagram shows four simple chemical cells. Rajah menunjukkan empat sel kimia ringkas
In which cell does iron act as the negative terminal? Dalam sel yang manakah ferum bertindak sebagai terminal negative? A Cell I Sel I B Cell II Sel II C Cell III Sel III D Cell IV Sel IV
SPM 2005 NO 43
18. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus for electrolysis
Rajah menunjukkan susunan radas yang digunakan dalam proses elektrolisis
Which of the following compounds could be used as an electrolyte? Antara sebatian berikut yang manakah boleh digunakan sebagai elektrolit? A Ethanol C Ethyl ethanoate Etanol etil etanoat B Kerosene D Ethanoic acid Kerosin asid etanoik
SPM 2004 NO 3
10 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
19. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus used to electroplate an iron key with copper. Rajah menunjukkan susunan radas yang digunakan untuk menyadur kunci besi dengan
kuprum.
What is observed at the anode and cathode after 30 minutes? Apakah yang diperhatikan di anod dan katod selepas 30 minit?
Anode /anod Cathode /katod A Brown deposits formed
Enapan perang terbentuk Copper foil becomes thicker Kepingan kuprum menjadi tebal
B Copper foil becomes Thinner Kepingan kuprum menjadi nipis
Brown deposits formed Enapan perang terbentuk
C Brown deposits formed Enapan perang terbentuk
Gas bubbles released Gelembung gas terbentuk
D Copper foil becomes thinner Kepingan kuprum menjadi nipis
Gas bubbles released Gelembung gas terbentuk
SPM 2004 NO 26 20. The table shows the results of a reaction between halogen and halide solution to determine
the reactivity of the halogen Jadual menunjukkan keputusan tindak balas antara halogen dengan larutan halide untuk menentukan kereaktifan halogen.
Halogen Halide solution
Chlorine /klorin Bromine /bromin Iodine /iodin
Potassium bromide Kalium bromida
Reaction occurs Tindak balas berlaku
No reaction Tiada tindak balas
Potassium iodide Kalium iodida
Reaction occurs Tindak balas berlaku
Reaction occurs Tindak balas berlaku
The reactivity series of halogens in descending order is Susunan kereaktifan halogen mengikut tertib menurun ialah
A bromine,chlorine,iodine bromine, klorin, iodine B chlorine, bromine,iodine klorin, bromine, iodine C iodine, bromine, chlorine iodine, bromine, klorin D iodine, chlorine, bromine iodine, klorin, bromine
SPM 2004 NO 29
11 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
21. The diagram shows the set up of the apparatus of a simple chemical cell Rajah menunjukkan susunan radas sel kimia ringkas
What are metals X and Y? Apakah logam X dan Y? Metal X
Logam X Metal Y Logam Y
A Aluminium Magnesium B Lead /plumbum Aluminium /aluminium C Aluminium /aluminium Copper /kuprum D Lead /plumbum Zinc /zink
SPM 2004 NO 39 22. The table shows information about three simple cells. Jadual menunjukkan maklumat mengenai tiga sel kimia ringkas
Pair of metals Pasangan logam
Potential difference/V Beza keupayaan/V
Metal at negative terminal Logam di terminal negatif
X and Copper X dan Kuprum Y and Copper Y dan kuprum Z and Copper Z dan kuprum
0.45
1.30
0.56
X
Y
Cu
What is the potential difference of the pair of metals Y and Z? Apakah nilai beza keupayaan bagi pasangan logam Y dan logam Z ? A 0.85 B 1.01 C 1.86 D 2.31
SPM 2004 NO 50
12 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
Diagram 7
23. Diagram 7 shows the set up of apparatus for the electrolysis of ferrum(II) sulphate solution.
What is formed at carbon electrode X? Rajah 7 menunjukkan susunan radas bagi elektrolisis larutan ferum (II) sulfat . Apakah yang terbentuk pada elektrod X? A Ferrum C Sulphur dioxide ferum Sulfur dioksida B Oxygen D Hydrogen gas oksigen Gas hidrogen
SPM 2003 NO 25 24. Table 3 shows the result of an experiment for three chemical cells. Jadual 3 menunjukkan keputusan eksperimen bagi tiga sel kimia.
Chemical cell Sel kimia
Metal pairs Pasangan logam
Negative terminal Terminal negatif
Cell voltage/V Sel voltan/V
X
Y
Z
P and R P dan R R and S R dan S Q and R Q dan R
R
S
R
1.9
0.8
0.3
Table 3/Jadual 3
Which of the following can be deduced from table 1 Antara yang berikut boleh disimpulkan daripada Jadual 1 I The cell voltage is 1.6V when P and Q are used as electrodes Voltan sel ialh 1.6 V apabila P dan Q digunakan sebagi elektrod II The cell voltage is 1.1V when P and S are used as electrodes
Voltan sel ialah 1.1 V apabila P dan S digunakan sebagi elektrod III Electrons flow from terminal Q to terminal S in the metal pair Q and S
Electron mengalir dari terminal Q ke terminal S bagi pasagan logam Q dan S IV P functions as a positive terminal when it is paired with Q,R,or S in a cell
P berfungsi sebagai terminal positif apabila dipasangkan dengan Q,R, dan S dalam sel
A I and IV only B II and III only C I ,II and III only
D I, II, III and IV SPM 2003 N0 33
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
STRUCTURED QUESTION PAPER 2 Question 1: Table 6 shows the description and observation for two experiments , I and II. Jadual 6 menunjukkan penerangan dan pemerhatian bagi dua eksperimen I dan II. Experiment Description /penerangan Observation /pemerhatian
I
Electrolysis of 1.0 mol dm-3 sodium sulphate solution using carbon electrodes Elektrolisis larutan natrium sulfat 1 mol dm -3 dengan menggunakan elektrod karbon
Gas bubbles are released at the anode and cathode Gelembung gas terbebas di anod dan di katod
II
Combustion of 1.2 g magnesium powder in excess oxygen Pembakaran 1.2 g serbuk magnesium dalam oksigen berlebihan
Glaring white flame is seen and white powder is formed Nyalaan putih berkilau dan serbuk putih dihasilkan
Table 6
Based on Experiment I : Berdasarkan Eksperimen I: Draw the set up of the apparatus to carry out this experiment . In your diagram show how the products at the anode and cathode are collected. Lukiskan gambar rajah susunan radas untuk menjalankan eksperimen ini. Dalam rajah anda tunjukkan bagaimana hasil di katod dan di anod dikumpulkan.
[3 marks]
State how you would verify that the gas released at the cathode is hydrogen Nyatakan bagaimana anda mengesahkan bahawa gas yang terbebas di katod adalah hydrogen. Method Insert a lighted wooden splinter into a test tube Observation- A ‘pop’ sound is heard
[1 marks] Explain how hydrogen gas is produced at the cathode Terangkan bagaimana gas hydrogen dihasilkan di katod Hydrogen ion will attracted at the cathode And disharged to form hydrogen atom Two hydrogen atom combine to form hydrogen molecules [3 marks] Based on Experiment II : Berdasarkan Eksperimen II: The white powder formed is magnesium oxide Serbuk putih yang dihasilkan ialah magnesium oksida.
14 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Write the formula for Magnesium oxide. Write the chemical equation for the reaction that takes place. Tuliskan formula magnesium oksida. Tuliskan persamaan kimia bagi tindak balas yang berlaku. MgO 2Mg + O2 2MgO
[1 mark] State the oxidation number for each of the elements in magnesium oxide Nyatakan nombor pengoksidaan bagi setiap unsure dalam sebatian magnesium oksida Magnesium = +2 Oxygen = -2 [2 marks]
SPM 2005 No 6
Question 2: Diagram 3 shows the set up of apparatus to investigate the electrolysis of dilute copper(II) sulphate solution. Rajah 3 menunjukkan susunan radas untuk mengkaji elektrolisis larutan kuprum (II) sulfat cair.
Diagram 3/Rajah 3
(a) (i) What is meant by cation? Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan kation ?
Positively charged ion [1 mark]
(ii) What is the energy change that occurs in the electrolysis process?
Apakah perubahan tenaga yang berlaku dalam proses elektrolisis itu ?
Electrical to chemical [1 mark]
15 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(b) In the electrolysis of dilute copper (II) sulphate solution: Didalam proses elektrolisis larutan kuprum (II) sulfat cair: (i) State all the ions in the electrolyte?
Nyatakan semua ion didalam elektrolit itu.
Copper (II) ion, sulphate ion, hidrogen ion, hydroxide ion [1 mark]
(ii) In the table below, write the ions in b(i) which moved to electrodes X and Y.
Dalam jadual dibawah, tuliskan ion-ion yang bergerak ke elektrod X dan elektrod Y
Electrode X- anode
Elektrod X-anod Electrode Y cathode
Elektrod Y -katod
Hydroxide ion Ion hidroksida Sulphate ion
Ion sulfat
Hydrogen ion Ion hydrogen Copper(II) ion
Ion kuprum
[1 mark] (ii) What are the processes that occur at electrodes X and Y?
Apakah proses yang berlaku pada elektrod X dan Y? Electrode X : OXIDATION (release electron) anode Electrode Y : REDUCTION (receive electron) cathode
[1 mark] (iii) What would you observe at electrode Y?
Apakah yang akan anda perhatikan di elektrod Y ?
Brown solid is deposited [1mark]
(iv) What is the colour of the electrolyte?
Apakah perubahan warna pada elektrolit itu ? Blue [1mark]
(c) (i) Name the gas collected in the test tube at electrode X.
Namakan gas yang terkumpul di dalam tabung uji dielektrod X.
Oxygen [1 mark]
16 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(ii) The volume of gas collected at electrode X is 20.0 cm3. Isipadu gas yang terkumpul di elektrod X ialah 20.0 cm 3 How many moles of the gas were collected?
Use the information that 1 mole of gas occupies a volume of 24.0 dm3 at room temperature and pressure.
Berapakah bilangan mol gas yang terkumpul ? Gunakan maklumat 1 mol menempati 24. 0 dm 3 ruang pada suhu dan tekanan
bilik.
20/24000= 0.00083 mol [1 mark]
(iii) Based on the answer in c(ii) what is the number of gas molecules collected /
Use the information that the Avogadro number is 6.02 x 10 23 mol -1 Berdasarkan jawapan pada ( c ) (ii), berapakah bilangan molekul gas yang
dikumpul ? Gunakan maklumat nombor Avogadro 6.02 x 10 23 mol -1 . = 0.00083 x 6.02 x 10 23 = 4.99 x 10 20 molecules
[1 mark]
SPM 2004 NO 3
17 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
PAPER 3 A pupil wanted to construct the electrochemical series. He measured the potential difference of a few pairs of metals. The set up of the apparatus of his experiment is shown in Diagram 2.1 Seorang murid ingin membina Siri Elektrokimia. Dia mengukur perbezaan voltan beberapa pasangan logam Susunan radas yang digunakan dalam eksperimen ditunjukkan dalam Rajah 2.1.
Diagram 2.1 Diagram 2.2 shows the results obtained from the experiment after 30 minutes. Rajah 2.2 menunjukkan keputusan yang diperoleh setelah eksperimen dijalankan selama 30 minit
. Diagram 2.2 Describe the change that you would see in the copper (II) sulphate solution during the experiment Jelaskan perubahan yang anda perhatikan pada larutan kuprum(II) sulfat semasa eksperimen itu. The blue colour of copper (II) sulphate solution fades.//the intensity of blue becomes decreases//blue solution becomes light blue//the density of the blue colour is reduced
[3 marks]
18 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
The pupil repeated the experiment by substituting the zinc metal with iron, magnesium and lead. Each time he used copper metal as the negative electrode and fresh copper(II) sulphate solution. The following table shows the voltmeter readingshe obtained from the pairs of metals. Murid itu mengulang eksperimen dengan menggantikan logam zink dengan logam ferum , magnesium, dan plumbum. Pada setiap eksperimen dia menggunakan logam kuprum sebagai elektrod negative dan larutan kuprum(II) sulfat yang baru. The following table shows the voltmeter readingshe obtained from the pairs of metals. Jadual berikut menunjukkan bacaan voltan yang diperoleh daripada pasangan –pasangan logam itu.
Experiment Pairs of metal/pasangan logam Reading of voltmeter/V Eksperimen Negative electrode
Elektrod negatif Positive electrode Elektrod positif
Bacaan voltmeter/V
I Zinc /zink Copper /kuprum 1.10 II Iron /ferum Copper/kuprum 0.78 III Magnesium / Magnesium Copper/kuprum 2.72 IV Lead /plumbum Copper/kuprum 0.45
Based on the above information, complete the following table. Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, lengkapkan jadual berikut. Manipulated variable: Pembolehubah dimanipulasikan: The metal as negative terminal
Method to manipulated the variable: Cara memanipulasikan pembolehubah: Replacing the negative terminal with different metals
Responding variable: Pembolehubah bergerakbalas: Voltmeter reading//needles deflection/voltage
How the variable is responding: Bagaimana pembolehubah ini bergerakbalas: The voltmeter reading change/ increases/decreases/different //needles deflection//voltage changes
Controlled variable: Pembolehubah dimalarkan; Copper(II) sulphate/electrolyte//positive electrode//Volume and concentration of copper(II) sulphate solution //copper metal //same voltmeter
Method to maintain the controlled variable: Cara menetapkan pembolehubah dimalarkan: -Use copper(II) sulphate solution of the same volume and concentration for every experiment// -Use the copper plate as the posive electrode// Maintain the electrolyte
[6 marks]
19 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
State the hypothesis for this experiment Nyatakan hipotesis bagi eksperimen ini. The further apart the position of the pair of metals in The Electrochewmical Series,the higher /bigger/greater/ the voltage value/the reading of voltmeter .
[3 marks]
SPM 2005 PAPER 3 NO 2
ESSAY QUESTION PAPER 3 SPM 2007 Diagram 2 shows several electrochemical cells with different voltages. Rajah 2 menunjukkan beberapa jenis sel elektrokimia yang mempunyai voltan yang berlainan.
Diagram 2 Rajah 2
Identify the factor that influences the differences in the voltage Plan a laboratory experiment to construct an electrochemical cell to determine one factor that influences the differences in the voltage Kenal pasti factor yang mempengaruhi perbezaan voltan tersebut. Rancang satu eksperimen dalam makmal untuk membina satu sel elektrokimia bagi menentukan satu factor yang mempengaruhi perbezaan voltan.
20 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Your planning should include the following: Perancangan anda hendaklah hendaklah mengandungi perkara-perkara berikut:
I. Statement of the problem Pernyataan masalah
II. All the variables Semua pembolehubah
III. Hypothesis Hipotesis
IV. List of materials and apparatus Senarai bahan dan radas
V. Procedure Prosedur
VI. Tabulation of data Penjadualan data
SPM 2007 PAPER 3 NO 2
21 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MARK SCHEME Problem statements How does the position between two metals in the Electrochemical Series affect the voltage? Variables: Manipulated : pairs of metals Responding: voltage//voltmeter reading// potential difference Constant : electrolyte//the metal as the positive or negative terminal/concentration of the electrolyte Hypothesis: The further the distance of the pair of metals in The Electrochemical Series, the voltage becomes greater Materials: Aluminium,zinc,copper,copper(II) sulphate solution, Apparatus: voltmeter, beaker, connecting wires, sand paper Procedure :
1. Filled Copper (II) sulphate solution into a beaker . 2. Cleaned the metals strip with sand paper 3. Dipped aluminium into the solution and connect it to the voltmeter. 4. Connect the metals to the voltmeter 5. Record the voltmeter readings. 6. Repeat steps 1 to 5 by substituting aluminium with zinc.
Table:
Pairs of metals Voltage (V) Aluminium and copper
Zinc and copper
22 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
ESSAY QUESTION SPM 2003 SECTION C NO. 3
(a) Lime juice was electrolysed using carbon electrodes. Jus limau dielektrolisiskan dengan menggunakan elektrod karbon. What is produced at the cathode? Write half equation for the reaction. Apakah yang terhasil di katod? Tuliskan setengah persamaan bagi tindak balas itu.
[2marks]
(b) Diagram 6 shows two types of cell Rajah 6 menunjukkan dua jenis sel.
Compare and contrast cell P and cell Q. Include in your answer the observation and half –equation for the reactions of the electrodes in both cells. Banding dan bezakan sel P dan Q. Sertakan dalam jawapan anda pemerhatian setengah persamaan bagi tindak balas pada elektrod dalam kedua-dua sel.
[8 marks]
(c) A student intends to electroplate an iron key with a suitable metal to beutify it. Design a laboratory experiment to electroplate the iron key. Seorang pelajar ingin menyadur elektrik kunci besi dengan satu logam yang sesuai supaya kelihatan cantik. Reka bentuk satu eksperimen di makmal untuk menyadur elektrik kunci besi.
• Your answer should consist of the following: Jawapan anda hendaklah mengandungi yang berikut:
• Chemicals required Bahan kimia yang diperlukan
23 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
• Procedures of the experiment
Prosedur menjalankan eksperimen
• Diagram showing the set up of apparatus Rajah susunan radas yang digunakan.
• Chemical equation involved in the reaction Persamaan kimia yang terlibat dalam tindak balas
• Observation pemerhatian
[10 marks]
QUESTION 2 ANSWER:
a) the product at cathode is hydrogen gas 2H+ + 2e H2
b)
Properties Cell P Cell Q 1.type of cell Electrolysis cell Voltaic cell 2. energy change Electrical to chemical Chemical to electrical 3. electrodes Anode- copper
Cathode-copper Anode – copper Cathode - zinc
4. free ions available in electrolyte
Cu2+,SO42-,H+, OH- Cu2+,SO4
2-,H+, OH-
5. half equation at anode Cu2+ + 2e Cu Cu2+ + 2e Cu 6. half equation at cathode Cu Cu2+ + 2e Zn Zn2+ + 2e 7. observation at anode Copper plate becomes thicker Copper plate becomes thicker 8. observation at cathode Copper plate becomes thinner Copper plate becomes thinner ( c ) Electroplating of iron key with silver. Materials : Iron key, silver plate, silver nitrate solution ( 0.5 mol dm-3 ), sandpaper. Apparatus : Battery, connecting wires, beaker, ammeter, rheostat. Procedure :
1. The iron key was polish with sandpaper. 2. The iron key was then connected to the negative terminal of the battery while the silver
plate was connected to the positive terminal of the battery and both are immersed into the silver nitrate solution.
3. A 0.5 A current was flown across for 30minutes. 4. The iron key was rotated slowly when the experiment was conducted.
24 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
25 | P a g e @ E L E C T R O C H E M I S T R Y M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
Half equation at anode : Ag Ag+ + e Half equation at cathode : Ag+ + e Ag Observations : Anode : The silver plate becomes thinner. Cathode : The iron key was coated with a layer of silver.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2003-2010
MANUFACTURED SUBSTANCES IN INDUSTRY AND CHEMICAL FOR CONSUMERS BAHAN BUATAN DALAM INDUSTRI DAN BAHAN KIMIA UNTUK PENGGUNA
1 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 | P a g e @M O D U L
1. TB
2. DR
WAp
@ M A N U F AL E J U J 2 0
The body of thBadan kapal te
What is allApakah alo A. Pe
PiB. Br
LoC. Br
GaD. Du
Diagram 2 shoRajah 2 menu
What is the sub
pakah bahan
A
B
C
D
A C T U R E D0 1 2
he aeroplane serbang yang d
loy X? oi X ?
ewter iuter rass oyang ronze angsa uralumin
ows porcelainnjukkan pasu
bstance and th dan kompon
Substance Bahan Glass Kaca
Ceramic Seramik Polymer Polimer Alloy Aloi
D A N D C H
shown in Diaditunjukkan d
n pots. u porselin.
he major comen utama unt
MK
AA
F
DiagramRajah 1
D
H E M I C A L
agram 1 is madalam Rajah
mponent used tuk membuat
Major componKomponen uta
CupronickeKupronike
Aluminium silAluminium sil
Silicon dioxiSilikon dioksIron(III) oxi
Ferum(II) oks
m 1 1
Diagram 2 Rajah 2
F O R C O N
ade of alloy X1 di bina da
in the makingpasu porselin
nent ama el el licate likat ide
sida ide sida
N S U M E R
X. rpada aloi X
g of porcelainn
n pots?
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3. Kaolin is used to make porcelain .A substance is added to kaolin to harden it. Kaolin digunakan untuk membuat porselin.Satu bahan ditambah kepada kaolin untuk menambahkan kekerasannya A. Silicone
Silikon B. Feldspar
Feldspar C. Sodium oxide
Natrium oksida D. Calcium carbonate
Kalsium karbonat
4. The body of an aeroplane is made of duralumin. What is the main metal in duralumin? Badan kapal terbang dibuat daripada duralumin. Apakah logam utama dalam duralumin?
A. Iron
Besi B. Copper
Kuprum C. Aluminium
Aluminium D. Magnesium
Magnesium
5. Why is ceramic used for the wall of a nuclear ? Mengapakah seramik digunakan sebagai dinding reaktor nuclear A. Ceramic is very hard
Seramik sangat keras B. Ceramic is malleable
Seramik mudah dibentuk C. Ceramic is inert towards chemicals
Seramik lengai terhadap bahan kimia D. Ceramic can withsatand high temperature
Seramik tahan suhu tinggi
3 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
4 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
6. The diagram shows the stages in the production of sulphuric acid using the Contact process. Gambar rajah menunjukkan peringkat-peringkat dalam pembuatan asid sulfuric menggunakan Proses Sentuh
Sulphur sulphur dioxide sulphur trioxide oleum sulphuric acid Sulfur sulfur dioksida sulphur trioksida oleum asid sulfurik
What is substance X ? Apakah bahan X? A. Water
ur
en
ide
Air B. Sulph
Sulfur C. Oxyg
Oksigen D. Sulphur diox
Sulfur dioksida
7. he pictures show two hibiscus plants in soil with different amount of fertility. Gambar menunjukkan dua pokok bunga raya dalam tanah yang berbeza tahap kesuburannya.
Which of the following combinations of substances can be used to increase the fertility of the soil of plant P? Antara kombinasi bahan berikut,yang manakah boleh digunakan untuk meningkatkan kesuburan tanan bagi pokok P? Substance I
Bahan I Substance II
Bahan II Substance III
Bahan III Substance IV
Bahan IV A (NH4)2SO4 NH 4NO3 CH3 COONa PbCl2
B PbSO4 BaSO4 CH 3COONa PbCl2
C CH3 COONa PbCl2 NaNO3 K 2SO4
D (NH 4) 2SO4 NH 4NO3 NaNO3 K 2SO4
8. Which medicine can relieve a headache?
Apakah Ubat yang boleh menlegakan sakit kepala ?
A. Aspirin B. Cortisone C. Barbiturate D. Streptomycin
O2 O2
Concentrated Sulphuric acid
Asid sulfurik pekat Substance X
Bahan X
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
9. Which of the following is true about soap or detergent ? Antara berikut yang manakah benar tentang sabun atau detergen?
A. Detergent forms scum in hard water Detergen membentuk kekat dengan air liat
B. Soap forms scum in soft water Sabun membentuk kekat dengan air lembut
C. Scum decreases the effectiveness of the cleansing sction of a soap Kekat mengurangkan keberkesanan tindakan pencucian sabun
D. The presence of magnesium ions in detergent forms scum. Kehadiran ion magnesium dalam detergen menghasilkan kekat
10. Diagram 3 shows the effect of a weight that is dropped onto a composite substance and its original component Rajah 3 menunjukkan kesan satu beban yang dijatuhkan ke atas bahan komposit dan komponen asalnya
What is the characteristics of the composite substance? Apakah sifat yang dimiliki oleh bahan komposit itu?
Diagram 3 Rajah 3
A. Strong and hard Kuat dan keras
B. Strong and elastic Kuat dan kenyal
C. Hard and durable Keras dan mulur
D. Elastic and ductile Kenyal dan mulur
5 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
11. A decorative glassware maker encountered problem on his products which are fragile.He needs another material which is transparent but not fragile to replace glass. What is the most suitable material?
Seorang pembuat barang hiasan kaca menghadapi masalah bahan keluarannya mudah pecah.Dia memerlukan satu bahan lain yang bersifat lusinar tetapi tidak mudah pecah untuk menggantkan kaca. Apakah bahan yang paling sesuai ? A. Polyethene
Polietena B. Polypropene
Polipropena C. Polychloroethane
Polikloroetena D. Polymethylmethacrylate E. Polimetilmetakrilat
12. The joint of a student’s leg is swollen and painful.What medicine is suitable to be given
to the student? Sendi kaki seorang murid bengkak dan berasa sakit.Apakah ubat yang sesuai diberikan kepada murid itu? A. Insulin
Insulin B. Penicillin
Penisilin C. Barbiturate
Barbiturat D. Paracetamol
Parasetamol
13. Which of the following is not the function of food additives? Antara yang berikut ,yang manakah bukan suatu fungsi bahan tambah makanan ? A. Improving the taste
Memperbaiki rasa. B. Adding nutritional value
Menambah nilai nutrien C. Keeping the food fresher
Mengekalkan kesegaran makanan D. Ensuring nutritional balance
Memastikan keseimbangan nutrient
6 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
14. Which composite material contains a mixture of cement and steel? Antara bahan komposit berikut yang manakah mengandungi campuran simen dan keluli? A. Fibre glass
Kaca gentian B. Superconductor
Superkonduktor C. Reinforced concrete
Konkrit diperkukuhkan D. Photochromic glass
Kaca fotokromik 15. Diagram 4 shows the structural formula of a sunstance.
Rajah 4 menunjukkan formula struktur bagi suatu bahan
What is the substance? Apakah bahan tersebut?
Diagram 4 Rajah 4
A. Soap Sabun
B. Detergent Detergen
C. Sulphuric acid Asid sulfurik
D. Carboxylic acid Asid karboksilik
16. Which substance is used as a food preservative? Bahan manakah yang digunakan sebagai pengawet makanan? A. Sodium nitrite
Natrium nitrit B. Azo compounds
Sebatian azo C. Ascorbic acid
Asid askorbik D. Monosodium glutamate
Mononatrium glutamate
7 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
17. Which substance is commonly used to manufacture dyes and detergents? Bahan manakah yang lazim digunakan untuk membuat pewarna dan detergen? A. Sulphuric acid
Asid sulfurik B. Phosphoric acid
Asid fosforik C. Sodium chloride
Natrium klorida D. Ammonium chloride
Ammonium klorida 18. Material Y has the following properties.
Bahan Y mempunyai sifat-sifat berikut
• Very high resistance to chemical substances Rintangan sangat tinggi terhadap bahan kimia
• Low coefficient of thermal expansion Pekali pengembangan terma yang rendah
What is material Y? Apakah bahan Y A. Brass
loyang B. Steel
Keluli C. Borosilicate glass
Kaca borosilikat D. Photochromic glass
Kaca fotokromik
19. Which of the following medicines is an analgesic? Antara ubat berikut,yang manakah analgesik? A. Insulin
Insulin B. Penicillin
Penisilin C. Streptomycin
Streptomaisin D. Paracetamol
Parasetamol
8 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
20. Which of the following is not a function of food additives? Antara berikut yang manakah bukan fungsi bahan tambah makanan? A. To improve the texture of food
Memperbaiki tekstur makanan B. To enhance the flavour of food
Meningkatkan perisa makanan C. To decrease the rate of oxidation of food
Mengurangkan kadar pengoksidaan makanan D. To increase the rate of digestion of food
Untuk meningkatkan kadar pencernaan makanan
21. Ammonium sulphate is used as a fertilizer.what is the percentage by mass of nitrogen in ammonium sulphate?
[Relative atomic mass : H=1; N=14; O= 16; S=32] Ammonium sulfat digunakan sebagai baja. Berapakah peratusan nitrogen mengikut jisim dalam ammonium sulfat? [Jiisim atom relatif : H=1; N=14; O= 16; S=32] A. 10.6 % B. 12.3 % C. 13.3 % D. 21.2 %
22. In order to produce a glass that is more resistant to heat and chemicals, substance
X is added to soda lime glass in the manufacturing process. What is X? Bagi menghasilkan kaca yang lebih tahan terhadap haba dan bahan kimia,bahan X ditambah ke dalam kaca soda kapur dalam prose pembuatannya. Apakah X? A. Boron oxide
Boron oksida B. Lead (II) oxide
Plumbum(II) oksida C. Sodium carbonate
Natrium karbonat D. Calcium carbonate
Kalsium karbonat
23. Which substance is a natural polymer? Bahan manakah adalah polimer semulajadi?
A. Polythene Polietena
B. Polypropene Polipropena
C. Polyisoprene Poli isoprena
D. Polyvinyl chloride Polivinilklorida
9 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
10 | P a g eM O D U L
24.
25.
26. D
R
Su B
•
•
•
W A
A
B
C
D
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
Which sub
Bahan manA. Alloy B. Glass C. CeramD. Fibre g
Why is so
MengapakA. To spe
Untuk B. To pro
Untuk C. To red
Untuk D. To ma
Untuk
Diagram 5 shoRajah 5 menu
ubstance N hBahan N mem
Strong kuat Can withstTahan hakNot an eleBukan kon
Which of the fntara yang be
. ConcrKonkr
B. MarblMarma
C. CeramSeram
D. Soda lKaca s
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
stance is a conakah adalah
mics glass
dium chloridekah natrium keed up the reamempercepa
oduce soap whmenghasilka
duce solubilitymengurangk
ake soap softemenjadikan s
ows an electrinjukkan kabe
has the followmpunyai sifat b
tand weatherikisan ctrical condunduktor elektr
following is suerikut,yang m
rete rit le ar
mic mik lime glass soda kapur
D A N D C H
omposite mah bahan komp
e used in soapklorida digunaaction to prodatkan tindak bhich foams ea
an sabun yangy of soap
kan keterlaruter sabun lebih le
c cable suppoel elektrik yan
wing propertieberikut :
ing
ctor rik
ubstance N?manakah baha
H E M I C A L
aterial? posit ?
p preparationakan dalam pduce soap balas menghaasily g berbuih den
tan sabun
embut
orted by substng disokong o
es:
an N?
DiagramRajah
F O R C O N
? enyediaan sa
silkan sabun
gan mudah
tance N. oleh bahan N
m 5 5
N S U M E R
abun?
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SECTION A
1. The following equation shows a reaction in the preparation of soap in a laboratory
Palm oil + concentrated sodium hydroxide sodium palmitate(soap) + glycerol
Persamaan di bawah menunjukkan tindak balas dalam penyediaan sabun di makmal
Minyak sawit + natrium hidroksida pekat natrium palmitat(sabun) + gliserol
(a) What is the name of this reaction? Apakah nama tindak balas ini?
(b) (i) What is the homologous series of palm oil? Apakah siri homolog bagi minyak sawit?
(ii) Complete the anion part of the soap in the space provided Lengkapkan bahagian anion bagi zarah sabun itu dalam ruang yang disediakan (c) A pupil wants to prepare a potassium palmitate soap
Seorang murid ingin menyediakan sabun kalium palmitat .Apakah alkali yang perlu digunakannya?
11 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
12 | P a g eM12 | P a g eM O D U L
(d
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
d) Diagracloth Rajah kotora
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
am 1.1 show
1.1 menunjukan bergris pad
State the paNyatakan b
Based on dgreasy stainBerdasarkaatas kotora
Complete Dwhen the wLengkapkanapabila air
D A N D C H
ws part of the w
kkan sebahagda kain
art of a detergbahagian zara
diagram 1.1 ens an rajah 1.1 tan bergris.
Diagram 1.2 water is stirred
n Rajah 1.2 ur dikocak.
D
H E M I C A L
washing actio
gian daripada
gent particle thah detergen y
explain the wa
terangkan tind
to show the cd . untuk menunju
Diagram 1.1 Rajah 1.1
Diagram 1Rajah 1.2
F O R C O N
on of detergen
a pencucian o
hat is solubleang larut dal
ashing action
dakan pencuc
condition of g
ukkan keadaa
1.2 2
N S U M E R
nt particles on
oleh zarah det
e in grease. lam gris.
of detergent p
cian oleh zara
grease and de
an gris dan za
n a grease sta
tergen ke ata
particles on
ah detergen k
etergent partic
arah detergen
ined
as
ke
cles
n
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
13 | P a g eM O D U L
2. D R
(a
(
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
Diagram 2.1 shRajah 2.1 men
a) (i)
(ii)
(iii)
b) Table Jadual
PrevenMenghKilledMembChangMengu
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
hows a gingernunjukkan sat
Which of thMark (/) foAntara bahubat?TandaRajah 2.1.
What illnesApakah pen
How is gingBagaimana
2.1 shows thel 2.1 menunju
nts pain halang rasa s
d or prevent thbunuh atau meges the emotioubah perasaa
D A N D C H
r plan. Gingtu pokok halia
he parts P,Q,Rr your answer
hagian P,Q,Rakan (/) untu
ss can be curenyakit yang b
ger used to tr
akah cara hal
e function of ukkan fungsi t
FunctionFungsi
sakit he reproductioenghalang peons and behavan dan kelaku
DiaR
TabJad
H E M I C A L
ger can be usea.Halia boleh
R or S is usedr in the box p
R dan S yang uk jawapan
ed by using gioleh diubati
reat the illneslia digunakan
three types oftiga jenis uba
on of bacteriaembiakan bacvior of the pa
uan pesakit
agram 2.1 Rajah 2.1
ble 2.1 dual 2.1
F O R C O N
ed as a traditioh digunakan s
d as the main provided in D
manakah diganda dalam
inger? menggunaka
ss in 1(a)(ii)?n untuk meraw
f medicine. at moden.
X :
a cteria Y :
atient Z :
N S U M E R
onal medicinesebagai ubat t
source of meiagram 2.1
gunakan sebakotak yang
n halia?
[1 mark]
wat penyakit d
Type ofJeni
:
:
e tradisional.
dicine?
agai sumber udisediakan d
di 1(a)(ii)?
f medicine is ubat
utama dalam
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(i) Complete Table 2.1 to show which medicines have the functions given in the table Lengkapkan Jadual 2.1 untuk menunjukkan ubat yang mempunyai fungsi yang dinyatakan dalam jadual itu.
(ii) What is the side effect of medicine of type X if it is used by a child of less than
2 years old? Apakah kesan sampingan ubat jenis X sekiranya digunakan oleh kanak-kanak yang berusia kurang 2 tahun?
[1 mark]
(iii) A patient treated by medicine of type Y must be complete all the supply give by the doctor in order to make sure all the bacteria are killed. What will happen if not all the bacteria are killed. Seorang pesakit yang dirawat menggunakan ubat jenis y perlu menghabiskan semua bekalan ubat yang diberi oleh doktor untuk memastikan semua bacteria telah dibunuh. Apakah akan berlaku sekiranya tidak semua bacteria dibunuh?
[1mark]
(iv) Tranquilizer is an example of medicine of type Z. Give one change that might happen to a patient’s emotions when treated using this medicine. Transkuiliser adalah contoh ubat daripada jenis Z. Beri satu perubahan pesakit yang dirawat menggunakan ubat ini.
[1 mark]
14 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
15 | P a g eM O D U L
3. D
(a
(b
(c
(d
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
Diagram 3 sho
a) ProcesWhat aProsesApaka
b) What aApaka 1. __2. __3. __
c) (i)
(ii)
d) State oNyatak
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
ows how amm
ss X at procesare the namess X dan Y ada
ah nama setiap
are the three ah tiga bahan
____________________________________
Write a bal Tulis persa
Use the anammonia uGuna jaw
bilangan msulfat
sulphuric a ammonia
one use of amkan satu kegu
D A N D C H
monium sulph
ss Y are induss of each of thalah proses dap proses ini?
raw materialsmentah yang
_________________________________
anced chemicamaan kimia y
nswer in 2(c)(used to producapan di 2(c)
mol ammonia
acid /asid sulf
mmonium sulpunaan ammon
DiagRaj
H E M I C A L
hate is produce
strial processehese processealam industry
s needed for pg diperlukan d
_________________________________
cal equation fyang seimban
(i) moles of ce 1 mol of a)(i) untuk myang diguna
furik : ___ : __
phate. nium sulfat
gram 3 jah 3
F O R C O N
ed
es. es? y.
process X? dalam proses
____________________________________
for reaction Png bagi tinda
sulphuric aciammonium sumenentukan bakan untuk m
_______________________
N S U M E R
X?
______ ______ ______
. k balas P.
id and the nuulphate. bilangan mol menghasilkan
_______________________
umber of mol
asid sulfurik1 mol ammo
________ mo________ mo
les of
k dan onium
ol ol
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
16 | P a g eM O D U L
4. DR
(a (b (c (d
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
Diagram 4 shoRajah 4 menu
a) What iApak
b) State tNyata
c) (i)
(ii)
d) A wasExplaSuatuTeransekita
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
ows the manunjukkan pemb
is the name okah nama pro
the name of caakan nama m
State the naNyatakan n
Substance Y sulphuric a Write the cBahan Y ter sulfurik pe Tulis persa
te gas is prodain briefly hou gas buangangkan secaraar
D A N D C H
ufacture of subuatan asid s
f this processses ini?
atalyst X mangkin X.
ame of substanama bahan Y
Y is formed wacid. chemical equarbentuk apab
ekat. amaan kimia
duced during tow this gas can terhasil sem
a ringkas baga
DiagramRajah 4
H E M I C A L
ulphuric acidsulfurik.
s?
ance Y Y.
when sulphur
ation for this bila sulfur trio
untuk tindak
the manufactuan cause envirmasa pembuaaimana gas in
, 4 4
F O R C O N
trioxide reac
reaction. oksida bertind
balas ini.
ure of sulphuronmental poltan asid sulfuni boleh meny
N S U M E R
ts with conce
dak balas den
uric acid. llution. uric. yebabkan pen
entrated
ngan asid
ncemaran alam
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
17 | P a g eM O D U L
(e
5. DR
(a
(b
(c
e @ M A N U FL E J U J 2 0
e) The suAsid
(i) (ii)
Diagram 5 shoRajah 5 menun
a) State tNyatak
b) State tNyatak
c) State tNyatak
F A C T U R E D0 1 2
ulphuric acid psulfurik yang
Name one fNamakan s
State anothNyatakan k
ows the arrangnjukkan susun
the meaning okan maksud a
the name of alkan nama ba
the name of atkan nama bag
D A N D C H
produced cang terhasil bole
fertiliser mansatu baja yang
her use of sulpkegunaan lain
gement of atonan atom dala
of alloy aloi.
lloy X agi aloi X.
tom M gi atom M.
DiaRa
H E M I C A L
n be used to meh digunakan
nufactured frog diperbuat d
phuric acid n asid sulfurik
oms in two typam dua jenis
agram 5 ajah 5
F O R C O N
manufacture feuntuk membu
om sulphuric adaripada asid
k
pes of copperaloi bagi kup
N S U M E R
ertilisers uat baja.
acid sulfurik.
r alloy prum
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
18 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
(d) (i) What is the difference in terms of hardeness between bronze and pure copper Apakah perbezaan daripada segi kekerasan antara gangsa dengan kuprum tulen
(ii) Complete Table 5.1 to show the difference s in terms of size and arrangement of
atoms in bronze and pure copper. Lengkapkan jadual 5.1 untuk menunjukkan perbezaan dari segi saiz dan susunan atom dalam gangsa dengan kuprum tulen.
Difference Perbezaan
Bronze Gangsa
Pure copper Kuprum tulen
Size of atoms Saiz atom
Arrangement of atoms Susuna om
n at
ii) Describe what happens to the a force is applied to a bronze and pure copper Huraikan apa yang berlaku kepada atom-atom apabila satu daya dikenakan
m tulen:
[ 2 marks]
(e) ewter is also an example of alloy.State one use of pewter .
Table 5.1 Jadual 5.1
(i atoms when
kepada gangsa dan kuprum tulen
Bronze /Gangsa:
Pure copper/kupru
PPiuter juga adalah satu contoh bagi aloi.Nyatakan satu kegunaan piuter
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
19 | P a g e @ M A N U F A C T U R E D A N D C H E M I C A L F O R C O N S U M E R M O D U L E J U J 2 0 1 2
SECTION B
1. Food additives have been used by mankind for gram 6 shows part of the labels on three food containers.
aditionally from natural
centuries .Dia
Bahan tambah makanan telah digunakan beberapa abad oleh manusia .Rajah 6 menunjukkan sebahagian daripada label pada tiga bekas makanan
Pineapple in Syrup
Sweet and made trsource Ingredients: Fresh pineapple slices Food additive P
Nanas dalam Sirap
ac
M nis dan dihasilkan
ara tradisional sedaripada sumber asli Kandungan :
epingan nanas segarK
ng
r dditive Q
edap dan tahan lama
Bahan tambahmakanan P
Tomato Sauce Tasty and last lo Ingredients:
omato TSugar Salt
louCorn f aFood
Sos TomatoS Kandungan:
omato TGula Garam
g jTepun agung tiruan
PewarnaBahan tambah makanan Q
Vanilla Ice Cream
Tasty and smooth Ingredients :
ilk MVanilla Sugar Artificia
dl colour ditive R
lla edap dan lembut
Food a
Ais krim vaniS Kandungan:
usu SVanilla Gula Pewarna
t tiruan ambah Bahan
makanan R
(i) P,Q and R are food a e label of the food containers in diagram 6
h
p k han tambah makanan secara berlebihan dalam
Diagram 6/Rajah 6
dditives.Based on th
• State the name of food additives P,Q and R ermine the types of food additives and their function respectively • Det
• P,Q and R adalah bahan tambah makanan..Berdasarkan label pada bekas
a a dalam Rajah 6: mak n n• Nyatakan nama bahan tambah makanan P,Q dan R • Kenalpasti jenis bahan makanan Q secara berlebihan dalam tempo
masa yang panjang?
(ii) What is the effect of taking food additive for a long period of time? A a ah esan pengambilan ba ktempoh masa yang panjang?
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MANUFACTURED SUBBSTANCE IN INNDUSTRY ANND CHEMICAALS FOR CONSSUMERS
PERATUURAN PEMAARKAHAN
KERTASS 1
NO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
KERTAS
1. (a(b (c(d hylo
(iii) �
������������������
S 2
a) saponificab) (i) ester (ii) COO-
c) concentrad) (i) hydrop (ii) the hy
ydrophilic enowered.The
�������������������������
JAWAPAND B A C D A D A C A D D D
ation
ated potassihobic end drophobic end remain inagitation act
������������������������
N
um hydroxid
nd of the son the water.Intion of the w
NO 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
JAWAPAC B A A C D D D A C D C C
AN
de
oap are attacn this way th
washing proc
ched to the ghe surface tecess pulls ou
greasy stain ension of theut the grease
and the e water is e stain.
�
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2. (a) (i) R (ii) gastric pain due to wind in the stomach (iii) drink the juice that is extracted from the rhizome (b)(i) X : analgesic Y : antibiotic Z : psychotherapeutic medicine (ii) bleeding can occur (iii) the bacteria may become immune to the given medicine (iv) the patients anxiety will be lessened or cured
3. (a) X: Contact process Y: Haber process (b) sulphur,oxygen,water (c)(i) H2 SO4 (aq) + 2NH3 (aq) (NH4 )2 SO4 (aq) (ii) sulphuric acid =1 mol Ammonia = 2 mol (d) fertiliser
4. (a) Contact process (b) vanadium(V) oxide (c)(i) oleum (ii) SO3 (g) + H2 SO4 (aq) H2 S2 O7(l) (d) sulphur dioxide is produced.It is acidic and poisonous.It dissolved in rain water to form sulphurous acid.This causes acid rain which affects marine life ,forest ecology and corrode building and metallic structures. (e) (i) ammonium sulphate/potassium sulphate/calcium hydrogen sulphate (ii) to manufacture detergent/used as electrolyte in accumulator
5. (a) An alloy is mixture of two or more elements certain fixed composition in which the major component is a metals (b) brass (c) tin (d)(i) bronze is harder than pure copper (ii)
DifferencePerbezaan
BronzeGangsa
PurecopperKuprumtulen
SizeofatomsSaizatom
��� ����������� � ����������� ������
ArrangementofatomsSusunanatom
����������������������� ���������� ����������� ����������������
���������������������������� �������� �������������
� Table 5.1 Jadual 5.1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(iii)bronze : the layers of atoms in bronze cannot slide on another easily.The presence of atoms of other elements disturbs the orderly arrangement of atoms in pure copper. Pure copper :the layers of atom in pure copper can slide on one another easily (e) pewter is used to make decorative item and gifts Section B P Q R Name sugar Sodium
benzoate/benzoic acid
Lecithin/gelatin
Type Preservative Preservative Stabilizers Function Prevent the
growth of microorganism
Prevent the growth of microorganism
Improve the texture of food
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 1
SPM 2003 Paper 3 1 hour 30 minutes
Answer all questions. 1. An experiment was conducted to find out the effects of temperature on the rate of reaction. 50 cm3
of sodium thiosulphate solution 0.05 mol dm-3 at 30oC was put into 250 cm3 conical flask. Then, the conical flask was placed on an ‘X’ sign on a piece of white paper. 10 cm3 of hydrochloric acid 1.0 mol dm-3 was added to the sodium thiosulphate solution and shaken. At the same time, the stop watch was started. The stop watch was stopped as soon as the ‘X’ sign was no longer visible. The same steps of the experiment were repeated for sodium thiosulphate solution which was heated to 35oC, 40 oC and 50 oC.
Figure 1 shows the readings of the stop watch for each of the reaction at different temperatures.
Figure 1
(a) Record the time for each reaction in the spaces provided in figure 1.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 2
(b) Construct a table and record temperature, time and 1/time for this experiment.
(c) (i) Draw a graph of temperature against 1/time on the graph paper o page 3.
(ii) Based on the graph in (c)(i), state the relationship between the rate of reaction and temperature.
(d) Predict the time taken as soon as the sign ‘X’ to be no longer visible if this experiment is repeated at 55 oC.
(e) (i) State the variable involved in this experiment. Manipulated variable :………………………………………………..
Responding variable : ……………………………………………….
Constant variable : ……………………………………………….
(ii) State how you would manipulate one variable while keeping other variables constant.
(f) State the hypothesis for this experiment.
(g) From the above experiment, the student found a relationship between temperature and the
rate of reaction. The same situation can be applied in our daily life, for example, keeping food that is easily spoiled in the refrigerator. Using your knowledge in chemistry, state the relationship between temperature and the rate at which food turns bad.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 3
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 4
Graph of temperature against 1/time
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 5
2. A student has carried out an experiment to construct an ionic equation for the formation of lead(II) iodide. The experiment was carried out according to the following steps: Step I : 5.0 cm3 of potassium iodide solution 1.0 mol dm-3 was poured into each test tube labeled P, Q, R, S, T, U, and V. Step II : 0.5 cm3 of lead(II) nitrate solution 1.0 mol dm-3 was added into test tube P. Step III : Step II was repeated for test tubes Q, R, S, T, U and V using the volume in table 1 Step IV : All the test tubes were put in the rack to allow lead(II) iodide to precipitate
Test Tube P Q R S T U V Volume of lead(II) nitrate solution 1.0 mol dm-3/cm3 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Height of lead(II) iodide precipitate / cm
Table 1
(a) Figure 2 on page 5 shows seven test tubes for above experiment. Using the ruler given on page 5, measure the height of lead(II) iodide precipitate in test tube P, Q, R, S, T, U and V in figure 2. Record the height of the precipitate in table 1.
(b) Based on table 1, draw a graph of the height of the precipitate against volume of
lead(II) nitrate solution on the graph paper on page 6.
(c) On the graph that you have drawn in (b) (i) mark and write the minimum volume of lead(II) nitrate solution needed for
complete reaction with 5.0 cm3 of potassium iodide solution 1.0 mol dm-3
(ii) using the volume obtained in (c)(i), show the calculation for obtaining the number
of moles of Pb2+ ions and I- ions that are required for the formation of lead(II) iodide. Then calculate the number of moles of I- ions that has reacted with 1 mole of Pb2+ ions.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 6
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 7
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 8
Graph of the height of the precipitate against volume
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 9
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 10
(iii) write the ionic equation for the formation of lead(II) iodide
(d) What can you observe about the height of the precipitate in figure 2?
(e) What is your inference based o your answer in (d)?
(f) Categories the ions found in the lead(II) nitrate solution and the potassium iodide solution
used in this experiment into positive and negative ions.
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Module JUJ 2012 Page 11
3.
Referring to the above situation, design a laboratory experiment to compare iron and steel based on one of the following properties:
or
In designing your experiment it must include the following items:
(i) Problem statement (ii) Hypothesis (iii) Lists of substance and apparatus (iv) Procedure (v) Tabulation of data
If the body of a car is made of iron, it would easily rust. This is because the iron surface is exposed to air and water. It is also easily dented in accident.
Thus, to reduce these problems the body of the car is made of steel.
Hardness Rust resistance
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2004 Paper 3 1 hours 30 minutes
Answer all questions The time suggested to complete Question 1 and Question 2 is 45 minutes.
1. A student carried out an experiment to determine the empirical formula of magnesium oxide. The steps and set-up of apparatus of the experiment are shown in figure 1.
Figure 1
1http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2
(a) Complete the following table by stating the observations and related inferences in the experiment.
Observations Inferences
i) __________________________________
__________________________________
ii) __________________________________
__________________________________
i) ___________________________________
___________________________________
ii) ___________________________________
___________________________________
[6 marks] (b) Record the reading to two decimal places for : The mass of crucible and lid : ……………. g The mass of crucible, lid and magnesium ribbon : ………….. g The mass of crucible, lid and magnesium oxide when cooled : ………… g [3 marks] (c) (i) What is the mass of magnesium that has been used?
(ii) What is the mass of oxygen which reacted with magnesium?
(iii) Determine the empirical formula of magnesium oxide. [relative atomic mass, Mg = 24, O = 16] [3 marks]
(d) Based on your answer in (c)(iii), how many moles of magnesium and oxygen atoms have reacted? [3 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2. Metals are arranged in the Reactivity Series based on the
reactivity of metal with oxygen Figure 2.1 shows the set up of apparatus for an experiment to determine the order of metals in the Reactivity Series.Potassium manganate(VII) is heated to release oxygen gas to react with metal powder.
Figure 2.1
The experiment is carried out using metal powders of copper, zinc, magnesium and lead reacted with oxygen respectively. Observations on the metal powders of copper, zinc, magnesium and lead in the experiments are shown in figure 2.2
3http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(a) Look at the flame or glow in each diagram I figure 2.2. Complete figure 2.2 by stating the observations for the reaction of metal powders with oxygen. [3 marks]
Figure 2.2
4http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
5
(a) Look at the flame or glow in each diagram I figure 2.2. Complete figure 2.2 by stating the observations for the reaction of metal powders with oxygen. [3 marks]
(b) Complete table 2.3 based on the experiment.
Name of variables Action to be taken
i) Manipulated variable :
_______________________________
_______________________________
ii) Responding variable :
_______________________________
_______________________________
iii) Controlled variable
_______________________________
_______________________________
i) The way to manipulate variable :
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
ii) What to observe in the responding variable :
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
iii) The way to maintain the controlled variable :
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
Table 2.3 [3 marks] (c) State one hypothesis for the experiment.
[3 marks] http://edu.joshuatly.com/
http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(d) (i) Based on the observations in Figure 2.2, arrange copper, zinc, magnesium and lead in descending order of reactivity of metal towards oxygen.
Descending order of reactivity of metal towards oxygen. [3 marks]
(ii) The experiment is repeated by using aluminium powder to react with oxygen. The result of the experiment is shown in figure 2.4.
Figure 2.4
Predict the position of aluminium in the Reactivity Series of metals in (d)(i).
Draw an arrow (↓) in (d)(i) to show the position of aluminium in this reactivity series.
[3 marks]
6http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(e) Figure 2.5 shows the set up of apparatus to study the reaction of a metal oxide with carbon.
Figure 2.5
Based on the observations in figure 2.5, classify metals into two groups, those which are more reactive than carbon and those which are less reactive then carbon. Put your answer in a suitable table. [3 marks] 7
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
3. The fruits in figure 3.1 produce natural esters which have various tastes and scents.
Pineapple Banana Apple Orange
Figure 3.1
Esters can be produced in the laboratory when an alcohol reacts with a carboxylic acid.
Table 3.2 shows types of alcohol and carboxylic acid used to produce various esters. These esters have similar scents to the esters in fruits.
Alcohol Carboxylic acid Ester Fruit Ethanol Butanoic acid Ethyl butanoate Pineapple
Methanol Butanoic acid Methyl butanoate Apple Octanol Ethanoic acid Octyl ethanoate Orange Pentanol Ethanoic acid Pentyl etahnoate Banana
Table 3.2 You are required to prepare two different types of ester using the same carboxylic acid with different alcohol. The two esters must be chosen from those shown in table 3.2
Use information in table 3.2 to plan a laboratory experiment to prepare the esters and describe their scents.
Your explanation should include all the followings:
• Aim of the experiment • Statement of hypothesis • List of substances and apparatus • Procedures of the experiment • Tabulation of data
[17 marks]
8http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 1
SPM 2005 Paper 3 1 hours 30 minutes
Answer all questions
The time suggested to complete Question 1 and Question 2 is 45 minutes.
1. An experiment is carried out to determine the freezing point of naphthalene.
Solid naphthalene is heated in a water bath until it melts completely.
The initial temperature is recorded
Then molten naphthalene is left to cool
The reading of the temperature is recorded every 30 seconds.
Figure 1 shows the recorded thermometer readings at 30 seconds interval.
Figure 1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 2
(a) Record the temperature in the spaces provided in figure 1. [3 marks]
(b) On the graph paper provided on page 3, draw the graph of temperature against time
for the cooling of Naphthalene
[3 marks]
(c) (i) Use the graph I (b) to determine the freezing point of naphthalene.
Show on the graph how you would determine this freezing point.
[3 marks]
(ii) How does the graph in (b) show freezing point of naphthalene?
[3 marks]
(d) The temperature of naphthalene did not change from the 90th
second until the 150th
second during cooling process.
Explain why.
[3 marks]
(e) On the graph paper provided on page 4, sketch the curve you would expect if the molten
naphthalene is cooled quickly.
[3 marks]
(f) Naphthalene is an example of a covalent compound and sodium chloride is an example of
ionic compound.
Classify the following into covalent or ionic compounds.
[3 marks
Glucose, potassium iodide, copper(II) sulphate,
aluminium oxide, tetrachloromethane, ethanol
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 3
Graph of the cooling of naphthalene
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 4
Graph for question (e)
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 5
2. A pupil wanted to construct the electrochemical series.
He measured the potential difference of a few pairs of metals.
The set up of the apparatus of his experiment is shown in figure 2.1
Figure 2.1
Figure 2.2 shows the results obtained from the experiment after 30 minutes.
Figure 2.2
(a) Describe the change that you would see in the copper(II) sulphate solution during the
experiment
[3 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 6
(b) The pupil repeated the experiment by substituting the zinc metal with iron, magnesium
and lead. Each time he used copper metal as the positive electrode and fresh
copper(II) sulphate solution.
The following table shows the voltmeter readings he obtained from the pairs of metals.
Experiment Pairs of metal Reading of
voltmeter/V Positive electrode Negative electrode
I Zinc Copper 1.10
II Iron Copper 0.78
III Magnesium Copper 2.72
IV Lead Copper 0.45
Based on the above information complete the following table:
Name of variables Action to be taken
(i) Manipulated variable :
(ii) Responding variable :
(iii) Controlled variable
(i) Method to manipulate variable :
(ii) How the variable is responding :
(iii) Method to maintain the controlled
variable :
[6 marks]
(c) State the hypothesis for this experiment
[3 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 7
3. Choose ONE of the following tasks :
TASK I :
The copper wire in an electric cable can be easily bent by hand. A one-cent coin made
of an alloy of copper with tin and zinc cannot be bent easily.
Referring to the situation above, plan a laboratory experiment to investigate the effect
of alloy formation on the hardness of a metal.
TASK II :
Buildings in industrial areas are more corroded than those in housing areas. This is
because the concentration of acid in rain water is higher in industrial areas.
Referring to the situation above, plan a laboratory experiment to investigate the effect
of concentration on the rate of reaction between a named acid and a named metal.
Your planning must include the following items:
Statement of the problem
All the variables
Lists of substances and apparatus
Procedure
Tabulation of data
[17 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2006 Paper 3 1 hours 30 minutes
Answer all questions 1. Diagram 1.1 shows two experiment to determine the heat of neutralization.
Experiment I Reaction between 25 cm 3 of sodium hydroxide solution, NaOH, 2.0 mol dm -3 and 25 cm 3 Of ethanoic acid, CH3COOH, 2.0 mol dm -3.
Initial temperature of the mixture : ………………… 0 C Highest temperature of the mixture : ………………… 0 C Change in temperature : ………………… 0 C Experiment II
Reaction between 25 cm 3 of sodium hydroxide solution, NaOH, 2.0 mol dm -3 and 25 cm 3 of hydrochloric acid, H, 2.0 mol dm -3.
Initial temperature of the mixture : T1 0 C Highest temperature of the mixture : T2 0 C Change in temperature : T3 0 C
Diagram 1.1
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 2
(a) Write the initial and the highest temperature of the mixture and change in temperature for the experiment I in diagram 1.1
[3 marks] (b) Construct a table that can be used to record the data from both experiments.
[3 marks]
(c) State one hypothesis for both experiments.
[3 marks] (d) Based on the temperature in experiment I, predict the change in temperature I experiment II
[3 marks] (e) Why must the initial temperature and highest temperature be recorded in this experiment?
[3 marks] (f) How can the value of the change in temperature be obtained?
[3 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(g) State three observations that you could obtain in Experiment I other than the change in temperature. 1. ………………………………………………………………………………..
2. ………………………………………………………………………………..
3…………………………………………………………………………………. [3 marks]
(h) State three constant variables in this experiment
1…………………………………………………………………………………
2…………………………………………………………………………………
3………………………………………………………………………………… [3 marks]
(i) Diagram 1.2 shows the calculation to determine the heat of neutralization for the reaction in Experiment I and Experiment II.
Experiment I: Heat released = mcθ
= 50 g x 4.2 J g-1 oC-1 x ___________ oC
= x J Heat of neutralization = x kJ Number of mole of water produced
Experiment II: Heat released = mcθ
= 50 g x 4.2 J g-1 oC-1 x T3 oC
= y J Heat of neutralization = y kJ Number of mole of water produced
Diagram 1.2
Based on Diagram 1.2 : (i) Give the operational definition for the heat of neutralization.
[3 marks] (ii) It was found that the value of y is greater than the value of x. Explain why
[3 marks]
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 3
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
(j) The experiment is repeated using the methanoic acid. The values of the heat of neutralization of these action are give in table below Complete the table by classifying the acids as strong or weak acid
Name of acid Heat of neutralization / kJ mol-1
Type of acid
Ethanoic acid -50.3 Hydrochloric acid -57.2
Methanoic acid -50.5 [3 marks]
2. Diagram 2 shows the stretching phases of a vulcanized rubber and an unvulcanized rubber strands.
Streching phases Length of vulcanized rubber Length of unvulcanized rubber
Before
45 mm
45 mm
During
59 mm
60 mm
After
45 mm
50 mm
Diagram 2
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 4
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 5
Plan an experiment to compare one characteristic shown in diagram 2 for both types of rubber: Your planning should include the following aspects:
• Aim of the experiment • All the variables • Statement of the hypothesis • List of substances and apparatus • Procedure of the experiment • Tabulation of data
[17 marks]
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
PERATURAN PEMARKAHAN KERTAS 3 SPM 2006
No Soalan
Rubrik Skor
1a Suhu awal campuran= 28 o C Suhu tertinggi = 40 oC Perubahan suhu = 12o C * ecf – Jika ada bacaan yang salah tetapi perubahan suhu dikira dengan betul cth : 26o C 40oC 14o C
3
Mana-mana dua bacaan betul 2 Mana-mana satu bacaan betul1 1 Tiada jawapan atau jawapan salah 0
No
soalan Rubrik Skor
1b Dapat membina jadual yang mengandungi ketoga-tiga perkara berikut untuk kedua-dua eksperimen
Cth jawapan : Eksperimen Suhu awal o C Suhu tertinggi o C I II
*No. Eksp// Nama asid(no 1,2 @ I, II @ formula) ** Suhu awal dengan unit betul( oC ditulis pada ruang tajuk)
3
unit ditulis dalam data jika tulis suhu akhir Eksperimen Suhu awal o C Suhu akhir o C I II
2
Dapat idea membina jadual yang mengandungi 2 lajur 2 baris
1
Tiada jawapan atau jawapan salah 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No soalan
Rubrik Skor
1c Dapat memberikan hipótesis dengan tepat
-pembolehubah dimanipulasikan Asid etanoik,asid hidroklorik// jenis asid//asid kuat,asid lemah(formula diterima) * -kesan yang berhubung dengan pembolehubah haba peneutralan// perubahan suhu/kenaikan suhu ** -Arah kesan Lebih tinggi/rendah Cth jawapan :
1. HCl /asid kuat menghasilkan haba peneutralan/(perubahan suhu/kenaikan suhu) yang > tinggi/rendah daripada asid etanoik/asid lemah// terbalik
2. jenis asid yang berlainan /berbeza menghasilkan( haba peneutralan/perubahan suhu/kenaikan suhu ) yang berbeza/berlainan
3
Dapat memberikan hipótesis kurang tepat TIADA PERBANDINGAN
Cth jawapan: 1.** dulu * kemudian 2. Haba peneutralan asid hidroklorik dengan natrium hidroksida adalah tinggi daripada haba peneutralan asid etanoik dengan natrium hidroksida
3. jenis asid mempengaruhi haba peneutralan /perubahan suhu/kenaikan suhu
4. kenaikan suhu asid hidroklorik adalah lebih tinggi daripada kenaikan suhu asid etanoik//haba peneutralan asid HCl adalah lebih tinggi (tiada perbandingan)
5. semakin kuat asid yang bertindak balas semakin tinggi haba peneutralan 6. haba peneutralan / perubahan suhu HCl > tinggi 7. HCl menghasilkan haba peneutralan yang berbeza daripada asid
etanoik(tiada aras kesan)
2
Dapat memberikan idea hipotesis dengan betul ASID/PERUBAHAN SUHU Cth jawapan :
1. haba peneutralan dipengaruhi oleh jenis asid 2. asid/kepekatan ion H+ menghasilkan haba peneutralan 3. semakin tinggi perubahan suhu(bergerakbalas) semakin tinggi haba
peneutralan(bergerakbalas) 4. haba peneutralan eksperimen II > tinggi dp eksperimen I / terbalik 5. Semakin pekat asid semakin tinggi haba peneutralan 6. Kenaikan suhu asid HCl adalah tinggi 7. kenaikan suhu mempengaruhi haba peneutralan
1
Tiada jawapan atau jawapan salah 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No.
soalan
Rubrik
Skor
1d
Unit tidak perlu tulis
(abaikan)
Dapat meramalkan suhu dengan betul dalam julat 12< Ө ≤ 15 oC
Nilai sebenar 13.5 o C
3
Dapat meramal suhu dalam julat Ө > 12 // 15 < Ө ≤ 20
Cth jawapan : 1. perubahan /kenaikan suhu > daripada 12 @ Ө > eksp I 2. 15o C - 18o C 3. perubahan suhu dalam eksperimen II > tinggi /besar daripada perubahan suhu eksperimen I 4. tulis unit tapi salah
2
Dapat meramal suhu sebagai nilai (Kalau tidak ada perbandingan) Ө > 20 // Ө < 12
Cth jawapan ; 1. Ө > besar ( sebab tidak rujuk mana-mana) 2. perubahan suhu eksperimen II > besar 3. suhu meningkat
1
Tiada jawapan atau jawapan salah 0
No. soalan
Rubrik Skor
1e Dapat menyatakan kegunaan langsung dengan tepat mengapa suhu awal dan suhu tertinggi perlu direkodkan
Cth jawapan : 1. untuk (mendapatkan/menghitung/mencatat )perubahan suhu/kenaikan suhu/perbezaan suhu
3
Dapat menyatakan kegunaan dengan betul mengana suhu awal dan suhu tertinggi perlu direkodkan
Cth jawapan : 1. untuk mendapatkan/menghitung ( perubahan bacaan/ kenaikan bacaan)
2
Dapat menyatakan idea kegunaan secara tak langsung dengan betul mengapa suhu awal dan suhu tertinggi perlu direkodkan
Cth jawapan: 1. untuk mendapatkan nilai haba (peneutralan) 2. untuk menentukan haba (yang diserap)
1
Tiada jawapan/jawapan salah 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No soalan
Rubrik Skor
1f Dapat memberikan kaedah memperoleh prubahan suhu Cth jawapan :
1. menolak suhu tertinggi dengan suhu awal 2. suhu tertinggi – suhu awal 3. suhu akhir – suhu awal
3
Dapat memberikan kaedah memperoleh suhu kurang tepat Cth jawapan :
1. membandingkan /membezakan suhu awal dengan suhu tertinggi 2. suhu awal – suhu akhir
2
Dapat memberikan idea kaedah memperoleh perubahan suhu Cth jawapan
1. bacaan suhu awal dan suhu tertinggi 2. 40 – 28 = 12 3. T2 - T 1 = T3
1
Tiada jawapan/jawapan salah 0
No soalan
Rubrik skor
1g Dapat menyatakan mana-mana dua pemerhatian dengan betul Jawapan
1. cawan polistirena menjadi panas 2. bacaan thermometer meningkat // aras mekuri meningkat 3. tiada perubahan warna larutan // larutan (tanpa warna /tidak berwarna) 4. bau asid etanoik hilang / bau cuka / sengit
3
Dapat menyatakan mana-mana satu pemerhatian di atas dengan tepat 2 Dapat menyatakan idea satu pemerhatian di atas
Jawapan 1. kertas litmus biru kekal berwarna biru //kertas litmus merah kekal
berwarna merah 2. nilai pH yang diperoleh adalah 7 // air dan garam terhasil 3. bikar/bekas panas 4. larutan/bahan menjadi panas 5. cecair tidak berwarna 6. suhu meningkat
1
Tiada jawapan/jawapan salah -perubahan warna
0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No soalan
Rubrik skor
1h Dapat memberikan mana-mana tiga pembolehubah yang dimalarkan dengan tepat 1. kepekatan bahan tindak balas/(asid & alkali) 2. isipadu bahan( tindak balas/ larutan) (asid dan alkali) 3. bekas // cawan polistirena / bikar 4. suhu persekitaran yang sama 5. larutan NaOH / alkali a : pasangan kepekatan dan isipadu asid/álcali nama kedua-dua asid (HCl dan CH 3COOH) 6. isipadu larutan kepekatan larutan 7. kepekatan dan isipadu asid 8. kepekatan dan isipadu alkali 9. isipadu asid etanoik & isipadu asid hidroklorik 10. kemolaran alkali + kemolaran asid 11. isipadu asid + isipadu alkali 12. kepekatan NaOH & asid 13. isipadu NaOH & asid
3
Dapat memberikan mana-mana dua pembolehubah yang dimalarkan daripada senarai di atas
2
Dapat memberikan mana-mana satu pembolehubah yang dimalarkan daripada senarai di atas
1
Tiada jawapan/jawapan salah -perubahan warna
0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No soalan
Rubrik Skor
1 i (i) Dapat memberikan definisi secara operasi dengan tepat Jawapan
1. haba yang dibebaskan apabila 1 mol air dihasilkan 2. haba yang dibebaskan per mol air yang dihasilkan 3. haba yang dibebaskan dibahagi dengan 1 mol air yang dihasilkan 4. haba yang dibebaskan dibahagi dengan bil mol air 5. haba yang dibebaskan apabila 1 mol ion H+ bertindak balas dengan 1 mol ion
OH− untuk menghasilkan 1 ol air pada keadaan piawai a : H 2º
3
Dapat memberikan definisi secara umum dengan betul Jawapan :
1. perubahan haba apabila 1 mol air di hasilkan 2. perubahan haba apabila 1 mol H bertindak balas dengan 1 mol OH untuk
menghasilkan 1 mol air 3. haba dibebaskan mol air yang di hasilkan
2
Dapat memberikan idea yang betul tentang operasi Jawapan
1. haba yang terbebas/perubahan haba apabila suatu asid bertindak balas dengan suatu alkali untuk menghasilkan garam dan air ( kalau ada 1 mol air -skor 2)
2. perubahan haba/perubahan suhu apabila asid bertindak balas dengan alkali/(tb peneutralan)
3. perubahan haba/perubahan suhu apabila air dihasilkan 4. mcӨ / x kJ
mol air / mol air
1
Tiada jawapan/jawapan salah 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No.soalan rubrik skor
1i (ii) Dapat menyatakan sebab yang tepat mengapa nilai y lebih tinggi daripada nilai x Jawapan 1. perubahan suhu eksperimen II > tinggi / perubahan suhu eksperimen I > rendah 2. eksprimen 2 menggunalkan asid kuat , eksperimen 1 menggunakan asid lemah 3. HCl adalah asid kuat, asid etanoik adalah asid lemah 4. kadar pengionan HCl > tinggi dari asid etanoik
3
Dapat menyatakan sebab yang betul mengana nilai y lebih tinggi daripada nilai x
Jawapan 1. kerana suhu tertinggi/suhu akhir eksperimen II lebih tinggi 2. eksperimen 2 menggunakan asid kyat/eksperimen 1 menggunakan asid lemah 3. HCl asid kuat // asid etanoik asid lemah 4. perubahan suhu > tinggi daripada x
2
Dapat menyatakan idea yang betul mengapa nilai y lebih tinggi daripada nilai x Jawapan
1. haba dibebaskan > banyak 2. asid kuat / asid lemah digunakan 3. asid HCl > reaktif 4. (perubahan) suhu eksperimen II > rendah
1
Jawapan salah / tiada jawapan 0
No soalan Rubric skor 1f Dapat membuat pengelasan ketiga-tiga asid dengan tepat
Nama asid
Jenis asid
Asid etanoik (Asid) lemah Asid hidroklorik (Asid)Kuat Asid metanoik (Asid)lemah
3
Dapat membuat pengelasan mana-mana dua asid dengan tepat
2
Dapat membuat pengelasan mana-mana satu asid dengan tepat 1 Jawapan salah/tiada jawapan 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
SPM 2007 Paper 3 1 hours 30 minutes
Answer all questions The time suggested to complete Question 1 and Question 2 is 45 minutes.
1 Diagram 1.1 shows the apparatus set-up for Experiments I, II, III and IV. The
magnification of the thermometers shows the readings of the initial temperature and the highest or lowest temperatures in each experiment.
(a) (i) Record the temperature readings in the spaces provided in Diagram 1.1.
[3 marks]
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 1
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 2
(ii) Construct a table to show all the data in each of these experiments.
[3 marks]
ii) her
exothermic reactions or endothermic reactions.
Exothermic Reaction Endotherm reaction
(i Classify the reactions in these experiments as eit
ic
[3 marks]
(b) A student repeated Experiment I several times.
) State three things that must be kept constant in these experiments.
1)………………………………………………………………….
2)………………………………………………………………….
3)………………………………………………………………….
[3 marks] (ii) State the hypothesis for Experiment I.
[3 marks]
(i
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 3
(c) Based on Experiment II:
(i) State the temperature change and give two reasons for the change.
Temperature change:
Reason 1:
Reason 2:
marks]
(ii) State the operational definition for the reaction that takes place.
marks]
(d) The reaction in Experiment III is a neutralisation reaction.
e same volume and concentration as the hydrochloric acid
Predict the temperature in the neutralisation reactions of these acids.
3) Ethanoic acid :…………ºC [3 marks]
) Diagram 1.2 shows some observations in Experiment IV.
[3
[3
Other acids can be substituted for hydrochloric acid. These acids have th in Experiment III.
1) Sulphuric acid :…………ºC 2) Nitric acid :…………ºC
(e
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 4
(i) State three observations shown in Diagram 1.2.
1……………………………………………………………………
2……………………………………………………………………
3…………………………………………………………… marks]
equation represents the reaction in Experiment IV.
HCl(aq) + NaHCO3(aq) → NaCl(aq) + CO2(g) + H2O(l)
er in 1(e)(i), what inference can be made from Experiment IV?
[3 marks]
in the volume of carbon dioxide gas produced against time.
[3 marks]
………. [3
(ii) The following chemical
Based on the chemical equation, and the answ
(iii) Sketch a graph to show the change
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
2 Diagram 2 shows several electrochemical cells with different voltages.
Identify the factor that influences the differences in the voltage.
Plan a laboratory experiment to construct an electrochemical cell to determine one factor that influences the differences in the voltage.
Your planning should include the following:
(i) Statement of the problem (ii) All the variables (iii) Hypothesis (iv) List of materials and apparatus (v) Procedure (vi) Tabulation of data
[17 marks]
MODULE JUJ 2012 Page 5
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
PERATURAN PEMARKAHAN KERTAS 3 SPM 2007
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
1(a) (i) Able to record all readings accurately to one decimal point with unit Sample answer : Expt.I / 1 28.0 0 C 36.0 0 C Expt II / 2 29.0 0C 25.0 0 C Expt III / 3 27.0 0 C 32.0 0C Expt IV /4 30.0 0C 27.0 0C
3
Able to record all readings correctly without decimal point/ or Able to record all readings correctly without unit * if able to record minimum 6 to 7 readings accurately to one decimal point with unit
2
Able to record at least four t seven readings correctly without decimal point and without unit Sample answer: Expt I 28 35 II 28 25 III 27 32 IV 31 28 a : all readings from bottom of the meniscus with unit and correct one decimal point/without decimal point Expt I 27 35 II 28 24 III 26 31 IV 29 26 r : no decimal and unit
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
1(a) (iii)
Ecf from (a) (i)
Able to construct a table that contains the following information.
1. Headings in the table : Experiment,Initial temperature, highest/lowest temperature
2. Transfer all temperature readings from (a)(i) correctly 3. With unit at the heading
• If use highest/lowest/minimum/maximum • reading – sc.2
a: tajuk sepadan dengan pengisian lajur pertama – e.g mix of rxn sample answer : Experiment Initial
temperature( oC )
Highest/lowest temperature
( 0C ) I / 1 /NaOH + H2 O 28 36 II / 2 / NH4 Cl + H2 O 29 25 III / 3 / HCl + NaOH 27 32 IV / 4 / HCl + NaHCO3 30 27
3
Able to construct a table that contains the following information.
1. Headings in the table : Experiment,initial temperature, highest/lowest temperature/final
2. Transfer all temperature readings from (a ) (i) correctly 3. without unit 4. with unit in the data section
sample answer : Experiment
Initial temperature
Highest or lowest temperature/min./max./final
I 28 36 II 29 25 III 27 32 Iv 30 27
a : 1 defect in data taransfer - sc 2 heading tak masuk jadual – sc 2 If transfer of data is different from (a) (i) –sc-1
2
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Initial Highest/lowest
temperature Expt I 28 36 Expt II 29 25 Expt III 27 32 Expt IV 30 27
Able to construct a table that contains the following information
1. Headings in the table : suitable heading a : 2 column with heading without data 2 column only Sample answer :
Initial temperature Highest/lowest/final temperature
r : two tables separately – score 1
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTIO
N NO RUBRIC SCORE
1 (c ) (i)
Able to make correct classification for the four experiments a : if write reactant according to question Sample answer : Exothermic reaction Endothermic reaction I II III IV
If use 1,2,3,4 -score 2
3
Able to make correct classification for any three experiments or 1 wrong Sample answer Exothermic reaction
Endothermic reaction
I IV II III
2
Able to make correct classification for any one experiment * If no classification or blank in one column Sample answer : Exothermic reaction Endothermic reaction Experiment 1
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
1 (b) (i) Able to give any three things correctly that must be kept constant Sample answer :
1. Volume of water 2. mass or water 3. polystyrene cups 4. thermometer 5. mass of sodium hydroxide 6. size of NaOH 7. size of cups 8. type of cups 9. NaOH and H2 O(reactants) r : reactants only * if use identical or same polystyrene cups –give point 2 and 7/8
3
Able to give any two things correctly that must be kept constant a : if point 9 is mentioned in different number can combine but cannot combine if it doesn’t related to reactant only
2
Able to give one thing correctly that must be kept constant 1
No response or wrong response r : amount of water Amount of NaOH Quantity of water Quantity of NaOH
0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTIO
N NO RUBRIC SCORE
1 (b) (ii) Able to state the hypothesis accurately -mesti ada idea bertb A. Sample answer:
1. the rxn between NaOH and H 2O is an exothermic/endothermic rxn
2. The rxn between NaOH and NaOH is result pof decrease/increase in temperature.
3. When NaOH dissolve /added to water,it increase/decrease in temperature/release heat/absorbed heat
r : put/mix - score 2 B. Samp;e answer: (When mass of NaOH) /( volume of water) increases/decreases the increases/change in temperature is higher/lower/increase/decrease *score 2 if stated opposite r : more/banyak - score2
3
Able to state the hypothesis correctly A. Sample answer: The rxn between NaOH and water causes the change in temperature/dissolveput/mix/dissociate -general statement- B. Sample answer : When ( amount of sodium hydroxide ) / (amount of water) increases/decreases the temperature increases / change * terbalik turun score
2
Able to state the idea of hypothesis A. Sample answer : 1 .(Experiment I)/ (The rxn) isa an exothermic/ endothermic rxn
2. Experiment I /the rxn causes the change in temperature B. sample answer 1. when (amount of sodium hydroxide) / (amount of water) changes the temperature changes 2. heat of rxn nashkah contoh pg 13
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
( c ) (i) Able to state Dropped/decreased by 40 C // 4 // -4 0C // 29-25 0C Able to state two correct reasons. Sample answer :
1. Heat/ energy is absorbed // endothermic rxn 2. the energy of the products is more than the energy of the
reactants 3. the heat absorbed during the bond breaking is greater
than the heat released during the bond making 4. The heat absorbed is more than heat released
• if point 3 is given – 2 points is scored
3
Able to state any two of the scores above 2 Able to state any one of the scores above 1 No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
( c) (ii) Able to give the operational definition accurately by stating the following three information.
- the temperature decreases // the temperature goes down // drop
- endothermic reaction - heat/energy is absorbed Sample answer : The decrease in temperature shows that endothermic reaction happens where heat / energy is absorbed from the surroundings
3
Able to give the operational definition correctly by stating any one of the information above Sample answer : The temperature change shows that an endothermic reaction happens
• adp : avoid double penalty endo & exo mentioned together - score 0
2
1 No response or wrong response 0
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
d Able to predict the three temperature readings correctly Sample answer : 1. sulphuric acid 320 C - 37 0 C 2. Nitric acid 32 0C 3. Ethanoic acid 28 – 31 0C
3
Able to predict any two of the temperature readings correctly 2 Able to predict any one of the temperature readings correctly 1 No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
( e ) (i) Able to state three correct observation Sample answer :
1. Final temperature is lower than the initial temperature 2. the temperature decreases 3. level of mercury decreases 4. thermometer reading decreases 5. bubbles are released // effervescence 6. the volume of the solution is greater/increased 7. level of solution increase a : air bubbles r : volume increase, volume of water increase
3
Able to state any two correct observations 2
Able to state any one correct observation 1 No response or wrong response 0
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
( e ) (ii)
* endo Reactant product
Able to make an accurate inference based on the chemical equation Sample answer: (Endothermic rxn // heat/energy is absorbed) happens when HCl reacts with sodium hydrogen carbonate/NaHCO3 to produce sodium chloride / NaCl, carbon dioxide / CO2 and water / H 2O
3
Endo + reactant
Endo + product
Able to make a correct inference based on the chemical equation Sample answer :
1. Endothermic rxn // heat /energy is absorbed when HCl reacts with NaHCO3
2. Endothermic rxn happens when (carbon dioxide) gas / CO2 is produced
* hasil X lengkap
2
Able to make a correct inference based on sample answer Sample answer : The rxn is an endothermic rxn // the rxn produces CO // the rxn absorbed heat / energy
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
(e) (ii) Able to sketch the graph of the change of the volume of CO2 gas against time by showing the following three information.
1. the axes are labeled correctly with arrow 2. correct unit 3. curve on the graph shows the increase of volume
Sample answer
a : the axes label is opposite –score 2
3
Volume of carbon dioxide gas/cm3
Time/minute/sec
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Able to sketch the graph of the graph of the change of the volume of CO gas against time by showing the following information
1. the axes are labeled correctly 2. curve on the graph shows the increase of volume
Sample answer :
- no unit - a : volume
• Slight curve a : volume/cm3
2
time
time
Volume of CO2 gas /cm3
Voume of CO2 gas/cm3
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
Able to sketch the graph of the change of the volume of CO gas against time by showing the following two information
1. the axes 2. curve on the graph/straight lines
Sample answer :
1
No slight curve
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
No response or wrong response 0
Axes betul Unit betul
Salah satu axes not labelled
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO RUBRIC SCORE
2(i) Able to give the statement of the problem accurately relating three information. Response is in the question form.
a. pairs of metals b. electrochemical series c. voltage//potential difference/voltmeter reading
Sample answer : 1.(How does/does )the position /distance between two metals in the electrochemical Series? 2.(How does/ Does) the position /distance between pairs of metals in ES affect the voltage? a: no question mark symbol a: ECS/ES * kalau guna ion instead of metal –score 1 (in 2(i)) adp in
- variable - hypothesis - table app - procedure
* kalau guna siri kereaktifan instead of SEK –score 1 adp in hypothesis and variables - score 3 * kalau guna berbeza keelektropositifan - score 1 *kalau guna element/electrode- score 2
3
Able to give the statement of the problem correctly .Response is in question form Sample answer : Does the position of metals/electrode/elements affect the voltage?// Does a pair of metals in the ES affect the voltage?
2
Able to give an idea of statement of the problem correctly Sample answer: 1.How to construct an electrochemical cell to determine one factor that influence the voltage 2. metal produce voltage 3. What is the factor that influence in the voltmeter-mesti dlm btk soalan 4. logam menghasilkan voltan 5. adakah kedudukan antara dua logam dalam siri kereaktifan mempengaruhi bacaan voltan 6. apakah factor yang mempengaruhi voltan 7. adakah kedudukan dua ion dalam siri SCS mempengaruhi voltan 8.adakah kedudukan dalam ECS mempengaruhi voltan- general(ked. apa) e.g kedudukan material
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION NO
RUBRIC SCORE
2(ii) Able to state the three variables correctly Sample answer : Manipulated variables : pairs of metals/ two metals r : type of metals// different metals Responding variables : voltage//voltmeter reading// potential difference Constant variables : Electrolyte//the metal as the positive/negative terminal//concentration of the electrolyte r : volume of electrolyte a : name of acid e.g HCl/H2 SO4 // CuSO4 //Cu as positive/negative terminal a : symbols/words
3
2 1 No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
2(iii) Able to state the relationship between the manipulated variable and the responding variable and state the direction Sample answer : 1.The further/nearer/closer/position the distance of the pair of metals in the electrochemical series,the voltage/voltmeter reading becomes greater/smaller If opposite - score 2
3
Able to state the relationship between the manipulated variable and the responding variable Sample answer :
1. the distance between metals in the electrochemical series influences the voltage/voltmeter reading
* if opposite – score 1
2
Able to state the idea of hypothesis correctly Sample answer : Different metal gives different voltage * if use baterry to replace ECS – score 1
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
2(iv) Able to give adequate list of materials and apparatus that involves the three variables Sample answer: 1.at least 3 metals below Ca in ECS * Kalau ada potassium/sodium – score 1 2.voltmeter 3. suitable electrolyte 4.beaker/u-tube 5.wire 6.sandpaper 7.connecting wires a : any acid as electrolyte r : if state ( concentrated) / ( bench) / molarity greater than 1 mol dm -3 acid e.g : conc. H2 SO4 , bench solution , HCl 2.0 mol dm-3- sc.1
3
Able to give a list of materials and apparatus that involves the following three things
1. 2 metals below Ca in ECS 2. voltmeter 3. suitable electrolyte 4. container
2
Able to give list of materials and apparatus that involves the following two things 1. 2 metals 2. electrolyte(names) *if use galvanometer - score 1 A : only 2 listed apparatus and materials can be deduced from labeled diagram / procedure
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
2(v) Able to state the following six steps 1. pour electrolyte(copper sulphate solution) in a
beaker/container 2. clean the metal with sanpaper 3. dip/immerse both metals( aluminium and zinc) into the
electrolyte 4. connect the metal to the voltmeter//complete the circuit 5. record the voltmeter reading 6. repeat steps 1-5 substituting one metal with another
• Steps 2 & 3 tidak boleh terbalik • a : galvanometer • r : procedure cannot be deduced from diagram
3
Able to give : Steps 1/3, 4,5,6
2
Able to give : Steps1/ 3
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly
QUESTION
NO RUBRIC SCORE
2(vi) Able to exhibit the tabulation of data that includes the following four information 1 heading for the manipulated variable 2.examples of two pair of metals 3. heading for the responding variable wit unit 4. 2 x3 or 3x2 tables Sample answer: Pair of metals/electrodes
Voltage(V)
1.Aluminium and copper 2.zinc and copper
3
Able to exhibit the tabulation of data that includes the following 4 information
1. heading for manipulated variables 2. heading for responding variables without unit 3. 2x3 /3x3 table 4. 1 pair of metal
Type of( metal/metals/electrode) voltage
1. aluminium and copper ( 1 pair only)
a : metal as heading * if the other metal in the constant variables in 2(ii) / 2(v)
2
Able to exhibit the tabulation of data that includes the following information
1. heading for manipulated/responding variables without unit
2. 2 x 2 table Sample answer:
Pair of metals voltage
* galvanometer – score 1
1
No response or wrong response 0
http://edu.joshuatly.com/ http://fb.me/edu.joshuatly